SlideShare une entreprise Scribd logo
1  sur  77
Télécharger pour lire hors ligne
ِ‫م‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ح‬َّ‫الر‬ ِ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ح‬َّ‫الر‬ ِ‫هلل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ب‬
ARIC – Arabic Class Notes
Part 1 (ver. 1.1)
1
Topics
Parts of Speech – English vs. Arabic
Arabic Alphabets
Arabic Vowel Signs
Indefinite & Definite
Noun Endings
The Nominal Sentence
Visiit ResourcesMoreforhttp://AbdurRahman.Org/
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 1 (ver. 1.1)
Revision History
2
Date Ver Author Revision Comments
Mar. 1, 2010 1 Zahid Naeem Initial version
Mar. 10, 2010 1.1 Zahid Naeem Multiple Corrections (e.g., ٌ‫ة‬ّ‫م‬‫د‬ to ٌ‫ة‬ّ‫م‬‫ض‬, genetive to genitive)
There are no copyrights reserved for this material. You may make copies and distribute them Fi Sabilillah – ٌِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ٌال‬ِ‫يل‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫يٌس‬ِ‫ف‬
Report any errors, omissions or suggestions to arabic.aric@gmail.com
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 1 (ver. 1.1)
Parts of Speech – English vs. Arabic
 English has eight parts of speech
1. Noun (A word which refers to a person, a place, or a thing, e.g. teacher, town, bus)
2. Pronoun (A word like he, they, and we used to replace a noun)
3. Adjective (A word that describes a noun, e.g. a tall man)
4. Adverb (A word that gives additional information about how, when or where an action takes
place, e.g. He walked slowly, They will arrive tomorrow)
5. Interjection (A word that is independent of other words and is used as is, e.g. hello and hi)
6. Verb (The action or doing word, e.g. sleep, eat, drink)
7. Conjunction (A word joining two clauses in a sentence, e.g. and, because, but)
8. Preposition(A word used to relate a noun or pronoun to some other part, e.g. of, at)
 Arabic has only three parts of speech
1. Noun ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬
2. Verbٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬
3. Particleٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬
3
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 1 (ver. 1.1)
Parts of Speech – English vs. Arabic
4
English Arabic
Noun
Noun ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬
Pronoun
Adjective
Adverb
Interjection
Verb Verb ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬
Conjunction
Particle ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬
Preposition
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 1 (ver. 1.1)
Arabic Alphabets
 Arabic has 29 letters of alphabet
 Consonants (have speech sound) : 28
 Alif: serves two purposes
 Elongates a consonant, e.g. ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
 Act as a bearer of ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ (hamza), e.g. ٌ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬
5
‫ر‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫د‬ ‫خ‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ث‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
‫ف‬ ‫غ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ظ‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ش‬ ‫س‬ ‫ز‬
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
‫ء‬ ‫ي‬ ‫و‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ن‬ ‫م‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ق‬
29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 1 (ver. 1.1)
Arabic Vowel Signs
 There are 3 short vowel signs in Arabic
 Fathah (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬) – denoting “a”, e.g. da (ٌَ‫د‬)
 Kasrah (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫َس‬‫ك‬) – denoting “i”, e.g. di (ٌِ‫د‬)
 Dummah (ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) – denoting “u”, e.g. du (ٌ‫د‬)
 Absence of a vowel sign is denoted by Sukun (ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫و‬‫ك‬‫س‬), e.g. notice ٌْ‫د‬ in ٌ‫ة‬َ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫د‬َ‫م‬
 Long vowels are formed by adding the associated letters to the short vowels
 ٌ‫ا‬ to elongate fathah, e.g. daa (‫ا‬َ‫د‬)
 ‫ي‬ to elongate kasrah, e.g. dii (‫ي‬ِ‫د‬)
 ‫و‬ to elongate dummah, e.g. duu (‫و‬‫د‬)
6
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 1 (ver. 1.1)
Indefinite & Definite
 Like English, Arabic nouns can be indefinite (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫َك‬‫ن‬) or definite (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬)
 An indefinite noun is indicated by ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬, which doubles the vowel sign at the end
of the word, e.g.
 A book – ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
 A chair - ٌ‫ي‬ِ‫س‬ْ‫ر‬‫ك‬
 A Definite noun is indicated by ٌْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ prefixed to the noun. This also results in
eliminating the ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬ at the end of the word, e.g.
 The book - ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬
 The chair - ٌ‫ي‬ ِ‫س‬ْ‫ر‬‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬
 ٌْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ and ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬ cannot coexist. So ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ will be incorrect
 Please note many proper nouns, e.g. ٌ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬‫م‬,ٌ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫خ‬ end with ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬, but they are still
definite
7
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 1 (ver. 1.1)
Noun Endings
 In Arabic, nouns have different endings to show their function in a sentence
 These are called noun cases (ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ش‬َّ‫ت‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬)
8
English
Name
Arabic
Name
Ending
Vowel Sign
Function in a
sentence
Examples
Nominative ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫و‬‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ Dummah Subject ٌ‫الكتاب‬,ٌٌ‫كتاب‬,ٌ‫محمد‬,
ٌ‫باب‬
Accusative ٌ‫ب‬ْ‫و‬‫ص‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ Fathah Object of a verb ٌَ‫الكتاب‬,ٌ‫كتابا‬,ٌ‫محمد‬,ٌٌ‫بابا‬
Genitive ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ Kasrah Possessor of a
thing, or comes
after a preposition
or an adverb
ٌِ‫الكتاب‬,ٌ‫كتاب‬,ٌ‫محمد‬,ٌ
ٌ‫باب‬
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 1 (ver. 1.1)
The Nominal Sentence (ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ٌالإ‬‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬)
 A sentence that starts with a noun
 Has a subject (ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬‫م‬) and a predicate (ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬)
 The subject is always nominative (ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫و‬‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬)
 The predicate is always nominative (ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫و‬‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬), if it is one word
 The subject is mostly definite (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬)
 The predicate is mostly indefinite (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫َك‬‫ن‬)
9
ٌٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬‫م‬
ٌٌ‫ع‬ْ‫و‬‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬
ٌٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬
ٌٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬
ٌٌ‫ع‬ْ‫و‬‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬
ٌٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫َك‬‫ن‬
ٌ‫د‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ٌٌج‬‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬
ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬‫س‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ٌٌٌ‫م‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ٌٌٌٌ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
ِ‫م‬ِ‫ي‬ِ‫ح‬َّ‫الر‬ ِ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ح‬َّ‫الر‬ ِ‫هلل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫م‬ِ‫س‬ِ‫ب‬
ARIC – Arabic Class Notes
Part 2 (ver. 1)
1
Topics
This (‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬) vs. That (ََ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬)
Solar vs. Lunar Letters
The Joining Hamza (َِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬ َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫َُا‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬)
َِ‫ع‬ ْ‫َط‬‫ق‬ْ‫َُال‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬
Examples from Quran ( ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ِي‬‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫َال‬‫و‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ِي‬‫س‬ِ‫م‬ََّ‫ش‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ف‬ِ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫حل‬‫ا‬,ِ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ِ‫م‬َ‫ه‬,ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ِ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ )
What (‫ا‬َ‫م‬) vs. Who (َْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬)
Particle of Interrogation and Answer
Visiit ResourcesMoreforhttp://AbdurRahman.Org/
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 2 (ver. 1)
This (‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬) vs. That (ََ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬)
2
This is a book (َ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬َ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬)
That is a door (َ‫اب‬َ‫ب‬َََ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬)
 Demonstrative pronoun (َِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬ َ‫ش‬ِ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫َا‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬)
 ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ : َِ‫ب‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫َل‬ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬ َ‫ش‬ِ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫َا‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬
 ََ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ : َِ‫د‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫َل‬ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬ َ‫ش‬ِ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫َا‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬
 Like all pronouns, these are definite
 These are masculine , i.e. these are used when pointing to
masculine nouns
 They have feminine counterparts – will learn later
 ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ and ََ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ are pronounced as ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ and ََ‫ك‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ذ‬ respectively,
but are written without the alif
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 2 (ver. 1)
Solar vs. Lunar Letters (1 of 2)
3
 Of 28 consonant letters, 14 letters are called solar letters ( َُ‫ف‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬ََُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ ِ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫الش‬ ) and 14
are called lunar letters ( َُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬َُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫َال‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫و‬ )
 This distinction is only for pronunciation of words starting with these letters
when prefixed with ‫ال‬ (the definite article)
 Articulation of solar letters involves the tip of the tongue, e.g., ‫ت‬,‫س‬,‫ش‬,‫ن‬,‫ر‬
 Tip of the tongue plays no role for lunar letters, e.g., ‫ب‬,‫ق‬,‫م‬,‫ك‬,‫و‬
 When ‫ال‬ is prefixed to a noun beginning with a solar letter, the ‫ل‬ of the ‫ال‬ is
assimilated to the solar letter, e.g., al-shamsu is pronounced as ash-shamsu
 The assimilation is indicated by the shaddah on the first letter of the noun
 In writing, the ‫ل‬ is not assimilated, e.g., َُ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫الش‬
 No such assimilation takes place for lunar letters, e.g., al-qamaru is pronounced
as al-qamaru (َُ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬)
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 2 (ver. 1)
Solar vs. Lunar Letters (2 of 2)
4
َُ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫الش‬ ‫ش‬ َُ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َّ‫ت‬‫ال‬ ‫ت‬
َُ‫ر‬ْ‫د‬ َّ‫الص‬ ‫ص‬ َُ‫ب‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ث‬‫ال‬ ‫ث‬
َُ‫ف‬ْ‫ي‬ َّ‫الض‬ ‫ض‬ َُ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬ِّ‫د‬‫ال‬ ‫د‬
َُ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬َّ‫ط‬‫ال‬ ‫ط‬ َُ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َّ‫ذ‬‫ال‬ ‫ذ‬
َُ‫ر‬ْ‫ه‬َّ‫ظ‬‫ال‬ ‫ظ‬ َُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬ ‫ر‬
َُ‫م‬ْ‫ح‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ‫ل‬ َُ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ه‬َّ‫ز‬‫ال‬ ‫ز‬
َُ‫م‬ْ‫ج‬َّ‫ن‬‫ال‬ ‫ن‬ َُ‫ك‬َ‫م‬َّ‫الس‬ ‫س‬
َُ‫م‬َ‫ف‬‫ال‬ ‫ف‬ َُ‫ب‬ّّ‫ا‬‫ال‬ َ‫ا‬
َُ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬ ‫ق‬ َُ‫اب‬َ‫الب‬ ‫ب‬
َُ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬‫ال‬ ‫ك‬ َُ‫ة‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫الج‬ ‫ج‬
َُ‫اء‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫م‬ َُ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ِ‫الح‬ ‫ح‬
َُ‫د‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬‫ال‬ ‫و‬ َُ‫ز‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫الخ‬ ‫خ‬
َُ‫اء‬َ‫و‬َ‫اله‬ ‫ه‬ َُ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ع‬‫ال‬ ‫ع‬
َُ‫د‬َ‫الي‬ ‫ي‬ َُ‫َاء‬‫د‬َ‫غ‬‫ال‬ ‫غ‬
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 2 (ver. 1)
The Joining Hamza (َِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫َُا‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬)
5
 The ‫ا‬ in ‫ال‬ (the definite article) is called َِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫َُا‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬
 If it is preceded by another word, it is not pronounced
 E.g., َُ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ (the house) is pronounced al-baitu and َُ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬ (and the house) is pronounced
as wa l-baitu and not wa al-baitu
 َِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫َُا‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ also appears words without the ‫ال‬, e.g.,
 َ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ (name) – َِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫َال‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ب‬
 َ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬ِ‫ا‬ (son) – ََ‫م‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َُ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬‫ىَا‬َ‫س‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬
 To signify ‫ا‬ as َِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫َُا‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬, look for one of the following three conditions:
 A symbol on alif, as
 Without any or ‫ء‬ symbol on alif
 Completely omitted in writing, e.g., َِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫َال‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ب‬
 Both ‫ا‬ and ‫ل‬ in ‫ال‬ are not pronounced when a word starts with a solar letter and
is preceded with another word
 E.g., ََ‫و‬َُ‫م‬ْ‫ج‬َّ‫ن‬‫ال‬ is pronounced as wan-najmu and not wa al-najmu or wa an-najmu
َ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬
(Joining, uniting,
attaching)
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 2 (ver. 1)
َِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫َُا‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬
6
 As opposed to َِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫َُا‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ , َِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫َُا‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ is always pronounced, regardless of its
position in the sentence
 َِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫َُا‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ is usually written with a ‫ء‬ symbol on (or below) the Alif, as follows:
 ‫أ‬
 ‫إ‬
 Examples:
 َ‫د‬َ‫ح‬ّّ‫ا‬ (one) – َ‫د‬َ‫ح‬ّّ‫ا‬َُ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫َال‬َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬َْ‫ل‬ُ‫ق‬
 َْ‫ذ‬ِ‫ا‬ (when) – َ َ‫ك‬ُّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ََ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ق‬َْ‫ذ‬ِ‫ا‬َ‫و‬...
َ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬
(Cutting,
Discontinuing,
Separating)
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 2 (ver. 1)
Examples from Quran ( َُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬َ‫َو‬ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫َالش‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬,َِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫َُا‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬,َِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫َُا‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ )
7
ََ‫ٱ‬َ ِّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬َِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬ِ‫َُل‬‫د‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٱ‬َ‫۝‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٱ‬َِ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ح‬َّ‫ر‬‫ل‬‫ٱ‬َِ‫م‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ي‬َ ِ‫ك‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫م‬َ‫۝‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫ي‬ ِ‫ح‬َّ‫ر‬‫ل‬‫ٱ‬َ‫۝‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬ِّ‫د‬‫ل‬
َ‫۝‬ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫َس‬‫ن‬ََ‫ك‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ا‬َ‫َُو‬‫د‬ُ‫ب‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ََ‫ك‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ا‬َِ‫ٱ‬َ‫َا‬‫ن‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ه‬‫ٱ‬ََ‫اط‬َ‫ر‬ ِّ‫لص‬‫ٱ‬ََ‫اط‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫۝َص‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬
‫ٱ‬َِ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫غ‬َْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬َ َ‫ت‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ََ‫ين‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ٱ‬َ‫ا‬َ‫ل‬َ‫َو‬ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬َ ِ‫ب‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ض‬ْ‫غ‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٱ‬َ‫۝‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬ِّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َّ‫لض‬
Find solar letters (َُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ ِ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫َالش‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬), lunar letters (َُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫َال‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬) and instances
of َِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫َُا‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ and َِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫َُا‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ in Surah Al-Fatiha
Solar letter َِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫َُا‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬Lunar letter َِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫َُا‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 2 (ver. 1)
What (‫ا‬َ‫م‬) vs. Who (َْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬)
8
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ َْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬
Meaning “What” “Who”
Usage Used for irrational things
(َ‫ل‬ِ‫اق‬َ‫ع‬َُ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫غ‬), e.g. non-living
things, animals, plants
etc.
Used for rational beings
(َ‫ل‬ِ‫اق‬َ‫ع‬). Three categories
include humans, jinns, and
angels.
Example What is this? (‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ا‬َ‫م‬) Who is he? (‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬َْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬)
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 2 (ver. 1)
Particle of Interrogation and Answer
9
 This is a house (َ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬)
 Is this a house? (‫؟‬‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ّّ‫ا‬)
 Prefixing َّّ‫ا‬ to a statement turns it into a question
 Used in this context َّّ‫ا‬ is called َِ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ْ‫ف‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫َالا‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ (particle of interrogation)
 ‫لا‬ means “no”
 َْ‫م‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ means “yes”
 ‫لا‬ and َْ‫م‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ are called َِ‫اب‬َ‫و‬َ‫َالج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫ح‬ (particles of answer)
ِ‫م‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ح‬َّ‫الر‬ ِ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ح‬َّ‫الر‬ ِ‫هلل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ب‬
ARIC – Arabic Class Notes
Part 3 (ver. 3)
1
Topics
Preposition (‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬) & Genitive Case (‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬)
Detached Pronoun (‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬)
Possessed & Possessor (ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬)
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 3 (ver. 3)
Revision History
2
Date Ver Author Revision Comments
Mar. 7, 2010 1 Zahid Naeem Initial version
Mar. 14, 2010 2 Zahid Naeem Added section for ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ and more description for ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬
Mar. 20, 2010 3 Zahid Naeem Added more content for َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ and ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
There are no copyrights reserved for this material. You may make copies and distribute them Fi Sabilillah – ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫إل‬ ِ‫يل‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫س‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬
Report any errors, omissions or suggestions to arabic.aric@gmail.com
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 3 (ver. 3)
Preposition (‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬) & Genitive Case (‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬)
3
 Literal meaning of ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ is “a particle of pulling”
 Examples of preposition (‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬):
 In – ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬
 On – ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬
 From – ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬
 To – ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬
 When a noun is preceded by a preposition, it is said to
be in genitive case (‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬)
 The house - ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫لب‬َ‫إ‬, In the house – ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫إلب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬
 A house - ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬, In a house – ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬
 ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫إلب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ is a ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫إلج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ (phrase) – It looks like a
sentence but is not one
ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫إلب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬
‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫إ‬
Same as
‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬
ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫لب‬َ‫إ‬
ُ‫ت‬ got pulled to ِ‫ت‬ because
of the preceding ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 3 (ver. 3) 4
More Prepositions and Examples from Quran
(59:21) Had We sent down this
Quran on a mountain …
َ‫ن‬‫إ‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫إ‬ ‫إ‬َ‫ذ‬ٰ‫ـ‬َ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ز‬‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬ ْ‫و‬َ‫ل‬‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬‫ل‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ج‬... On ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬
(96:2) He created man from a
clot
َ‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫نس‬ِ‫إ‬ْ‫ل‬‫إ‬ َ‫ق‬َ‫ل‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬‫ق‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ From ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬
(26:50) we shall but return to
our Lord
‫َّا‬‫ن‬ِ‫إ‬‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬َ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ِّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ To ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬
(97:1) We have indeed revealed
this (Message) in the Night of
Power
ُ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ز‬‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬ ‫َّا‬‫ن‬ِ‫إ‬‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫د‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫إ‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ In ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬
(2:119) And thou will not be
asked about the owners of hell-
fire
ُ‫ل‬ّّ‫ا‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫إ‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬‫ي‬ ِ‫ح‬َ‫ج‬ْ‫ل‬‫إ‬ ِ‫اب‬َ‫ح‬ ْ‫ص‬ّّ‫إ‬ About,
concerning ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬
(2:284) To Allah belongs
whatever is in the heavens and
whatever is in the earth.
ِ‫ل‬‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ ِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬ٰ‫م‬َّ‫إلس‬ِ‫إت‬َ‫و‬‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬
ِ‫ض‬ْ‫ر‬ّّ‫إ‬ْ‫ل‬‫إ‬
Belongs to,
for
ِ‫ل‬‫ي‬
(2:153) O ye who believe! seek
help with patient perseverance
and prayer; for Allah is with
those who patiently persevere.
‫وإ‬ُ‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫إس‬ ‫وإ‬ُ‫ن‬َ‫م‬‫إ‬ َ‫ين‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫إ‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ُّ‫ي‬ّّ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ب‬ َّ‫الص‬
َ‫ِين‬‫ر‬ِ‫ب‬‫ا‬ َّ‫إلص‬ َ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ َ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫إل‬ َّ‫ن‬ِ‫إ‬ ۚ ِ‫ة‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ َّ‫إلص‬َ‫و‬
By, at, in ِ‫ب‬‫ي‬
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 3 (ver. 3)
Nominal Sentence with ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬
5
Muhammad is in the mosque
the mosque in Muhammad
ِ‫د‬ ِ‫ج‬ْ‫س‬َ‫م‬‫إل‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬
‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫إ‬‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ‫َإ‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫إلج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬
It is on a table
a table on It
‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬
‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫إ‬‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ‫َإ‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫إلج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 3 (ver. 3)
Detached Pronoun (‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬)
6
3rd Person
Masculine
Singular He, It َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬
‫ب‬ِ‫ي‬‫ا‬َ‫غ‬
“Dual” They (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬
Plural They ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
Feminine
Singular She, It
َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬“Dual” They (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬
Plural They َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
2nd person
Masculine
Singular You َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬ ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬
‫ب‬َ‫ط‬‫ا‬َ‫خ‬ُ‫م‬
“Dual” You (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬
Plural You (>2) ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬ ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
Feminine
Singular You ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬ ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬“Dual” You (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬
Plural You (>2) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬ ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
1st person Masc. & Fem.
Singular I ‫َا‬‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬ ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬َ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬
Plural We ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 3 (ver. 3)
Detached Pronoun (‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬)
7
َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬
ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬
‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬
‫َا‬‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬
ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬
 Are never attached with any other word
 Are always ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ (definite)
 Are considered ‫ع‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ (nominative case), even
though most of them do not have a ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬
(dummah) ending
 Are fixed in their case, i.e. their ending does not
change
 In Arabic such nouns are called ٌّ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫م‬ (fixed)
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 3 (ver. 3) 8
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ – Possessed & Possessor
‫َال‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
(of) Bilal book
Bilal’s book
ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫إ‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬
(of) the teacher table
The teacher’s table
 Used to convey a “possession” relationship between two nouns
 Also referred to as ُ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬‫ا‬ َ‫ض‬ِ‫لإ‬َ‫إ‬ (Al-Idaafatu)
 English uses “of” or “’s” for such relationship, e.g. Book of Bilal or Bilal’s book
 Made up of two parts:
 Possessed (or possession) – ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
 Possessor – ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
Possessed - ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
 Can take any case ending,
as the need be
 Never takes ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬ (tanwin)
or ‫إل‬ (the definite article)
 Is ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ (definite) by
position
Possessor - ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
 Is always ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ (genitive
case)
 Can take ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬ (tanwin) or
‫إل‬ (the definite article)
 Can be ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫َك‬‫ن‬ (indefinite) or
‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ (definite)
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 3 (ver. 3)
Definite vs. indefinite ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
Different case endings for ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
Noun after َّ‫ن‬ِ‫إ‬ is
always ‫ب‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬
9
Examples of Valid ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫إ‬ ِ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬
(of) the teacher table on
On the teacher’s table
ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫إ‬ َ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ َّ‫ن‬ِ‫إ‬
(of) the teacher table Verily
Verily the teacher’s table
ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫إ‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬
(of) the teacher table
The teacher’s table
‫ب‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬
‫ع‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬
‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬
ِ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬َّ‫ط‬‫إل‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
(of) the student book
The student’s book
‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ط‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
(of) a student book
A student’s book
‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬
‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫ك‬َ‫ن‬
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 3 (ver. 3) 10
Incorrect vs. Correct ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
‫َال‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ cannot have ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬
‫َال‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫إلك‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ cannot have ‫إل‬
‫َال‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ cannot be ‫ع‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬
‫َال‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
‫َال‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ cannot be ‫ب‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 3 (ver. 3) 11
More on ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
Whose book?
(of) who book
ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
Even though ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ is ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ , it does not have ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫َس‬‫ك‬
(kasrah) ending, because it is ٌّ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫م‬ (indeclinable).
Other similar examples:
 ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫م‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬ (Whose pen?)
 ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬ِ‫ٱ‬ (Whose son?)
Mosque of Allah’s Prophet
(of) Allah (of the) prophet mosque
‫إلل‬ِ‫ه‬ ِ‫ول‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ ُ‫د‬ ِ‫ج‬ْ‫س‬َ‫م‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
Notice two sets of ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬.
ِ‫ول‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ is ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ in ُ‫د‬ ِ‫ج‬ْ‫س‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ول‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ and it
is ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ in ِ‫ه‬‫إلل‬ ِ‫ول‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬.
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 3 (ver. 3) 12
Examples from Quran - ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
(110:1) When comes the help of Allah … َ‫اء‬َ‫ج‬ ‫إ‬َ‫ذ‬ِ‫إ‬‫إلل‬ ُ‫ر‬ ْ‫َص‬‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬
(114: 1) Say: I seek refuge in the Lord of mankind ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫ذ‬‫و‬ُ‫ع‬ّّ‫إ‬ ْ‫ل‬ُ‫ق‬ِ‫س‬‫ا‬َّ‫ن‬‫إل‬ ِّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬
(24:35) Allah is the light of the heavens and the
earth
‫لل‬َ‫إ‬ُ‫ه‬ٰ‫م‬َّ‫إلس‬ ُ‫ر‬‫ُو‬‫ن‬ِ‫إت‬َ‫و‬ِ‫ض‬ْ‫ر‬ّّ‫إ‬ْ‫ل‬‫إ‬َ‫و‬
(7:73) This is the she camel of Allah ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬‫إلل‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ق‬‫َا‬‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬
(48:29) Muhammad is the Messenger of Allah ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬‫إلل‬ ُ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫ه‬
(6:127) For them is the home of safety ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫م‬َ‫ا‬‫ل‬َّ‫إلس‬ ُ‫ر‬‫إ‬َ‫د‬
(40:55 & 77) Therefore have patience (O
Muhammad). Lo (surely, certainly)! The promise
of Allah is true
َّ‫ن‬ِ‫إ‬ ْ‫ر‬ِ‫ب‬ ْ‫اص‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫إل‬ َ‫د‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫و‬ٌّ‫ق‬َ‫ح‬
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 3 (ver. 3)
Nominal Sentences with ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
13
Muhammad is the Messenger of Allah
(of) Allah Messenger Muhammad
ِ‫ه‬‫إلل‬ ُ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬
،ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫ج‬ْ‫ل‬‫إ‬ ُ‫ظ‬ْ‫ف‬َ‫ل‬‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫و‬ ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ‫َإ‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
The student’s pen is broken
broken (of) the student pen
‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫س‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ِ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬َّ‫ط‬‫إل‬ ُ‫م‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬
‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ‫َإ‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫و‬‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
ِ‫م‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ح‬َّ‫الر‬ ِ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ح‬َّ‫الر‬ ِ‫هلل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ب‬
ARIC – Arabic Class Notes
Part 4 (ver. 5)
1
TopicsTopics
Gender Introduction
Substitute (ٌ‫َل‬‫د‬َ‫ب‬)
Adverb (ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬)
Adjective (ٌ‫َعت‬‫ن‬)
The Relative Pronoun (ٌُ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬)
The Past Tense Verb (‫ي‬ِ‫اض‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ال‬)
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5)
Revision History
2
Date Ver Author Revision Comments
Mar. 27, 2010 1 Zahid Naeem Initial version
Apr. 4, 2010 2 Zahid Naeem Added Substitute and Adverb slides
Apr. 10, 2010 3 Zahid Naeem Added Adjective slides
Apr. 24, 2010 4 Zahid Naeem Added more slides for Adjective and the Past Tense Verb
May 1, 2010 5 Zahid Naeem Added slides for The Relative Pronoun
ٌِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ٌال‬ِ‫يل‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫يٌس‬ِ‫ف‬There are no copyrights reserved for this material. You may make copies and distribute them Fi Sabilillah – ٌِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ٌال‬ِ‫يل‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫يٌس‬ِ‫ف‬
Report any errors, omissions or suggestions to arabic.aric@gmail.com
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5)
Gender Introduction
3
 All nouns in Arabic are either masculine or feminine
ٌ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫ب‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫ب‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫خ‬ّْ‫ا‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫خ‬ّْ‫ا‬
ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬ِ‫ا‬ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬ِ‫ا‬
ٌ‫خ‬ّّ‫ا‬ٌ‫خ‬ّّ‫ا‬
ٌُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ٌُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ح‬
Usually a masculine noun can be changed to
feminine, by:
1. Adding a ‫ة‬(closed ta – ٌُ‫ة‬َ‫ط‬‫و‬ُ‫ب‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫اء‬َّ‫ت‬‫ال‬) at the end and,
2. Putting a ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬ (fathah) on the letter before ‫ة‬
Not all feminine nouns have a ‫ة‬or ‫ت‬ ending
Not all nouns ending with ‫ة‬ or ‫ت‬ are feminine
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬
Two feminine nouns with a ‫ت‬(open ta – ٌُ‫ة‬َ‫وح‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ف‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫اء‬َّ‫ت‬‫ال‬)
ending
ٌ‫م‬ّْ‫ا‬ٌ‫م‬ّْ‫ا‬
ٌ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ش‬ٌ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ش‬
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5)
ٌِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ٌَ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬Feminine: This (ٌِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬) vs. That (ٌَ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬)
4
 ٌِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ is pronounced as ٌِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ but is written without the alif
ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ز‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬
‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ٌِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ٌِ‫ب‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ٌل‬ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ش‬ِ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٌا‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬
ٌَ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ ٌَ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬ ٌِ‫د‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ٌل‬ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ش‬ِ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٌا‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬
This is a watch (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ٌٌس‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬)This is a watch (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ٌٌس‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬)
That is a car (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫كٌٌَس‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬)That is a car (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫كٌٌَس‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬)
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5)
Gender of Body Members
5
ٌ‫س‬ْ‫ا‬َ‫ر‬ (head)
ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ (nose)
ٌ‫ه‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫ه‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫و‬ (face)
ٌ‫م‬َ‫ف‬ٌ‫م‬َ‫ف‬ (mouth)
ٌ‫د‬َ‫ي‬ٌ‫د‬َ‫ي‬ (hand)
ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ع‬ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ع‬ (eye)
ٌ‫ن‬ُ‫ذ‬ّْ‫ا‬ٌ‫ن‬ُ‫ذ‬ّْ‫ا‬ (ear)
ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ِج‬‫ر‬ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ِج‬‫ر‬ (leg)
Double members are
usually feminine
Single members are
usually masculine
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5)
Gender and Nominal Sentence
6
 Gender of ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ and ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ must be the same
ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ز‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ٌٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ط‬ ٌُ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫اط‬َ‫ف‬ٌٌ‫ة‬َ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ط‬
ٌُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫لك‬َ‫ا‬ٌٌ‫يد‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌُ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َّ‫لس‬َ‫ا‬ٌٌ‫َة‬‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬
‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ٌٌ‫يك‬ِ‫د‬ ٌِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ٌٌ‫ة‬َ‫اج‬َ‫ج‬َ‫د‬
ٌَ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ٌٌ‫اب‬َ‫ب‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ذ‬ِ‫َاف‬‫ن‬ٌ َ‫لك‬ِ‫ت‬
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5)
ٌ‫يد‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌُ‫يت‬َ‫الب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
(is) new The house This
This house
This house is new
ٌ‫َل‬‫د‬َ‫ب‬Substitute - ٌ‫َل‬‫د‬َ‫ب‬
7
ٌ‫يد‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ٌ‫يد‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌُ‫يت‬َ‫الب‬
This is new
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
The house is new
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫َل‬‫د‬َ‫ب‬ ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
A substitute (ٌ‫َل‬‫د‬َ‫ب‬) is a definite noun (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬‫ع‬َ‫م‬ٌ‫سم‬ِ‫ا‬) following a
demonstrative pronoun (ٌِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ش‬ ِ‫ٌالا‬ُ‫م‬‫س‬ِ‫ا‬)
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5)
ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬Adverb - ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬
Examples of Adverb of Place (ٌِ‫ان‬َ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٌا‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬Examples of Adverb of Place (ٌِ‫ان‬َ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٌا‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬)
 ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬ is a noun that indicates the place or time
 ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬ acts like a ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ , so the noun following it is ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ٌِ‫ه‬‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬
 ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬ can never be a ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ (subject), even if the sentence starts with it
ٌَ‫ت‬ْ‫ح‬َ‫ت‬ (under)ٌَ‫ت‬ْ‫ح‬َ‫ت‬ (under)
ٌَ‫ف‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫خ‬ (behind)ٌَ‫ف‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫خ‬ (behind)
ٌَ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ّّ‫ا‬ٌَ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ّّ‫ا‬ (in front)
Examples of Adverb of Time (ٌِ‫ان‬َ‫م‬َّ‫ز‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٌا‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬Examples of Adverb of Time (ٌِ‫ان‬َ‫م‬َّ‫ز‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٌا‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬)
ٌَ‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ (there)ٌَ‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ (there)
‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ (here)‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ (here)
ٌَ‫ق‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ف‬ (over)ٌَ‫ق‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ف‬ (over)
ٌَ‫م‬‫و‬َ‫الي‬ٌَ‫م‬‫و‬َ‫الي‬ (today)
ٌَ‫رب‬ُ‫ق‬ (near)ٌَ‫رب‬ُ‫ق‬ (near)
ٌَ‫ين‬َ‫ب‬ (between)ٌَ‫ين‬َ‫ب‬ (between)
ٌ‫دا‬َ‫غ‬ (tomorrow)ٌ‫دا‬َ‫غ‬ (tomorrow)ٌِ‫س‬‫م‬ّّ‫ا‬ (yesterday)ٌِ‫س‬‫م‬ّّ‫ا‬ (yesterday)
ٌ‫يلا‬َ‫ل‬ٌ‫يلا‬َ‫ل‬ (night) ٌ‫اح‬َ‫ب‬ َ‫ص‬ (morning)ٌ‫اح‬َ‫ب‬ َ‫ص‬ (morning) ٌ‫اء‬َ‫س‬َ‫م‬ٌ‫اء‬َ‫س‬َ‫م‬ (evening)ٌ‫هرا‬ُ‫ظ‬ٌ‫هرا‬ُ‫ظ‬ (noon)
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5)
Examples from Quran - ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬
9
(16:88) Those who disbelieved and averted
[others] from the way of Allah - We will increase
them in punishment over [their] punishment for
what corruption they were causing.
ٌ‫ا‬‫اب‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ع‬ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬‫َا‬‫ن‬ْ‫د‬ِ‫ز‬ٌِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ٌال‬ِ‫يل‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫نٌس‬َ‫ع‬ٌ‫ُّوا‬‫د‬ َ‫ص‬َ‫واٌو‬ُ‫َر‬‫ف‬َ‫ك‬ٌَ‫ين‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ٌَ‫ق‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ف‬ٌ
‫ٌٌَ﴿النحل‬‫ن‬‫ُو‬‫د‬ِ‫س‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫ي‬ٌ‫ُوا‬‫ن‬‫َا‬‫ك‬ٌ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ب‬ٌ ِ‫اب‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬:٨٨﴾
(48:18) Allah was pleased with the believers when
they swore allegiance to you under the tree and
He knew what was in their hearts. Therefore, He
sent down tranquility upon them and rewarded
them with a victory close by.
ٌ َ‫َك‬‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ع‬ِ‫ي‬‫ا‬َ‫ب‬ُ‫ي‬ٌْ‫ذ‬ِ‫ٌا‬َ‫ين‬ِ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٌا‬ِ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ٌال‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫ض‬َ‫ر‬ٌْ‫د‬َ‫ق‬َّ‫ل‬ٌَ‫ت‬ْ‫ح‬َ‫ت‬ٌٌِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬َّ‫الش‬
ٌ‫ا‬‫ِيب‬‫ر‬َ‫ق‬ٌ‫ا‬‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ب‬‫َا‬‫ث‬ّّ‫ا‬َ‫ٌو‬ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ٌَ‫ة‬َ‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ك‬َّ‫ٌالس‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ز‬‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬َ‫ف‬ٌْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬‫و‬ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ق‬ٌ‫ي‬ِ‫اٌف‬َ‫م‬ٌَ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ف‬
ٌ‫﴿الفتح‬:١٨﴾
(4:159) And there is none from the People of the
Scripture but that he will surely believe in Jesus
before his death. And on the Day of Resurrection
he will be against them a witness.
ٌٌِۖ‫ه‬ِ‫ت‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬ٌَ‫ل‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫ق‬ٌِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ٌَّ‫ن‬َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫ؤ‬ُ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ٌ‫ا‬َّ‫ل‬ِ‫ٌا‬ ِ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٌِا‬‫ل‬ْ‫ه‬ّّ‫ا‬ٌْ‫ن‬ِّ‫م‬ٌ‫ن‬ِ‫ا‬َ‫و‬ٌَ‫م‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ي‬َ‫و‬ٌٌِ‫ة‬َ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬
‫اٌٌ﴿النساء‬‫يد‬ِ‫ه‬َ‫ٌش‬ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ك‬َ‫ي‬:١٥٩﴾
(18:23-24) And never say of anything, "Indeed, I
will do that tomorrow," . Except [when adding],
"If Allah wills." And remember your Lord when
you forget [it] and say, "Perhaps my Lord will
guide me to what is nearer than this to right
conduct."
ٌ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬ََٰ‫ذ‬ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ٌ‫ِّي‬‫ن‬ِ‫ٌا‬ٍ‫ء‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ش‬ِ‫ٌل‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ل‬‫ُو‬‫ق‬َ‫ت‬ٌ‫ا‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬‫ا‬‫د‬َ‫غ‬ٌٌ‫﴿الكهف‬:٢٣ٌ‫ا‬َّ‫ل‬ِ‫﴾ٌا‬
ٌِ‫ن‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ه‬َ‫ي‬ٌ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ٌٰ‫ى‬َ‫س‬َ‫ع‬ٌْ‫ل‬ُ‫ق‬َ‫ٌو‬ َ‫يت‬ ِ‫َس‬‫ن‬ٌ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬ِ‫ٌا‬ َ‫ك‬َّ‫ب‬َّ‫ر‬ٌ‫ُر‬‫ك‬ْ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫ٌۚو‬ٌُ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ٌال‬َ‫اء‬َ‫ش‬َ‫ي‬ٌ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬
‫اٌٌ﴿الكهف‬‫د‬َ‫ش‬َ‫ر‬ٌ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َٰ‫ـ‬َ‫ه‬ٌْ‫ن‬ِ‫ٌم‬ َ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ق‬ّّ‫ا‬ِ‫يٌل‬ِّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬:٢٤﴾
(2:285) All of them have believed in Allah and His
angels and His books and His messengers,
[saying], "We make no distinction between any of
His messengers." And they say, "We hear and we
obey. [We seek] Your forgiveness, our Lord, and
to You is the [final] destination."
ٌُ‫ق‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫ف‬ُ‫ن‬ٌ‫ا‬َ‫ل‬ٌِ‫ه‬ِ‫ل‬ُ‫س‬ُ‫ر‬َ‫ٌو‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ُ‫ت‬ُ‫ك‬َ‫ٌو‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ك‬ِ‫ئ‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫م‬َ‫ٌو‬ِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ِ‫ب‬ٌَ‫ن‬َ‫م‬‫ٌا‬‫ُل‬‫ك‬ٌَ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ٌٌ‫ن‬ِّ‫م‬ٌٍ‫د‬َ‫ح‬ّّ‫ا‬
ٌٌُ‫ير‬ِ‫ص‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٌا‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬َ‫اٌو‬َ‫ن‬َّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ٌ َ‫َك‬‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫غ‬ٌٌۖ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ط‬ّّ‫ا‬َ‫اٌو‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫واٌس‬ُ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ق‬َ‫ٌۚو‬ٌِ‫ه‬ِ‫ل‬ُ‫س‬ُّ‫ر‬
‫﴿البقرة‬:٢٨٥﴾
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5)
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬Adjective - ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬
 In Arabic the ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ (adjective) comes after the ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬.
 In English, the adjective comes before the noun it qualifies
A new house
ٌ‫يد‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫يت‬َ‫ب‬
A noun that describes or
qualifies another noun is
called ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ (adjective)
The noun being
described or qualified
is called ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
A house
ٌ‫يت‬َ‫ب‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ is also called ٌ‫َة‬‫ف‬ِ‫ص‬
Adjective = ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ = ٌ‫َة‬‫ف‬ِ‫ص‬
ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ is also called ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬
Noun Qualified = ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ = ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5)
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬Agreements between ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ and ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
 ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ and ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ should be in agreement in the following:
This is a small boy
ٌ‫ير‬ِ‫غ‬ َ‫ص‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
This is a small girl
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ير‬ِ‫غ‬ َ‫ص‬ ٌ‫نت‬ِ‫ب‬ ٌِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬Gender
1
The new teacher is in the class
ٌِ‫َصل‬‫ف‬‫ال‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ٌُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ٌُ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬
Bilal is a new teacher
ٌ‫يد‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫َال‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬
Indefinite vs.
definite
Indefinite vs.
definite
2
I am in a new house
ٌٍ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌٍ‫يت‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫نا‬ّّ‫ا‬
This is a new house
ٌ‫يد‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫يت‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬Case
3
That is a new student
ٌ‫يد‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ ٌَ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬
Those are new students
ٌ‫ُد‬‫د‬ُ‫ج‬ ٌ‫َّاب‬‫ل‬ُ‫ط‬ ٌَ‫ك‬ِ‫ئ‬َ‫ل‬‫و‬ّْ‫ا‬Number
4
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) 12
ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫ٌو‬‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬Nominal Sentence with ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫ٌو‬‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬
The broken chair is in the room
ٌِ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫غ‬‫ال‬ ٌ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ٌُ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫س‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ٌُّ‫ي‬ ِ‫س‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫ك‬‫ال‬
ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ٌٌ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ٌج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫،ٌخ‬ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ٌالج‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫،ٌش‬‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ٌَ‫ٌو‬‫ار‬َ‫ج‬
The sparrow is a small bird
ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫غ‬ َ‫ص‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ئ‬‫ا‬َ‫ط‬ ٌُ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ ْ‫ص‬ُ‫ع‬‫ال‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
I am in the secondary school
ٌِ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫و‬َ‫ن‬‫َّا‬‫ث‬‫ال‬ ٌِ‫ة‬َ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫د‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ٌ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ٌج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫،ٌخ‬ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ٌالج‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫،ٌش‬‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ٌَ‫ٌو‬‫ار‬َ‫ج‬
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) 13
ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫ٌو‬‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬References from Quran - ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫ٌو‬‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬
(5:15) Undoubtedly, there has to come to
you from Allah light and a luminous Book.
ٌَ‫ٌو‬‫ُور‬‫ن‬ٌِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ٌال‬َ‫ن‬ِّ‫م‬ٌ‫ُم‬‫ك‬َ‫اء‬َ‫ٌج‬ْ‫د‬َ‫ق‬ٌ‫ين‬ِ‫ب‬ُّ‫م‬ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬‫﴿اسورةٌالمائدة‬:١٥﴾
(68:4) And undoubtedly, you possess
excellent manners.
ٌٰ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ل‬ٌ َ‫َّك‬‫ن‬ِ‫ا‬َ‫و‬ٌٍ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ظ‬َ‫ع‬ٌٍ‫ق‬ُ‫ل‬ُ‫خ‬‫﴿سورةٌالقلم‬:٤﴾
(44:17) and an honourable Messenger
came to them.
ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫اء‬َ‫ج‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫ِيم‬‫ر‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ول‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬‫﴿اسورةٌالدخان‬:١٧﴾
(1:6) Guide us in the straight path. ٌ‫َا‬‫ن‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ه‬‫ا‬ٌَ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٌا‬َ‫اط‬َ‫ر‬ ِّ‫الص‬﴾﴿﴿‫سورةٌالفاتحة‬:٦﴾
(45:10) And for them is a great torment. ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫يم‬ِ‫ظ‬َ‫ع‬ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ع‬﴿‫سورةٌالجاثية‬:١٠﴾
(8:274) For them is forgiveness and
honourable provision.
ٌَ‫ٌو‬‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫ف‬ْ‫غ‬َّ‫م‬ٌ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬ٌ‫ِيم‬‫ر‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ق‬ْ‫ز‬ِ‫ر‬ٌ‫نفال‬‫﴿سورةٌالا‬:٧٤﴾
(61:13) help from Allah and a near victory ‫﴿سورةٌالصف‬:١٣﴾ ٌِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ٌال‬َ‫ن‬ِّ‫م‬ٌ‫ر‬ ْ‫َص‬‫ن‬ٌ‫ِيب‬‫ر‬َ‫ق‬ٌ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬َ‫و‬ٌۗ
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) 14
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬Where is the ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬?
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫ه‬َ‫س‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫غ‬ُ‫ل‬ ٌُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ع‬‫ال‬
The Arabic is an easy language
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫ٌو‬‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫ه‬َ‫س‬ ٌُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ع‬‫ال‬ ٌُ‫ة‬َ‫غ‬ُّ‫ل‬‫ال‬
The Arabic language is easy
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌٌٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
 Exercise
 Make two additional sets of sentences on the above pattern.
Write their meaning and the analysis, as shown above.
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) 15
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ or not
A new book
ٌ‫يد‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
The new book is heavy
ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ث‬ ٌُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ٌُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬‫ال‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫و‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
The book is new
ٌ‫يد‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫الك‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
This book is new
ٌ‫يد‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫الك‬ ٌ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫َل‬‫د‬َ‫ب‬ ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
This new book is heavy
ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ث‬ ٌُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ٌ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬‫ال‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫ٌو‬‫َل‬‫د‬َ‫ب‬ ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
Abbas is a merchant
ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ٌ‫اس‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ع‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
11
22
33
44
55
66
 Exercise
 Make two additional sets of sentences on the above pattern.
Write their meaning and the analysis, as shown above.
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) 16
ٌُ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬The Relative Pronoun - ٌُ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬
 ‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ is called the relative pronoun (ٌُ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬)
 It is translated as:
 “Who” – for all rational beings
 “Which” – for all irrational beings and things
 It is used for masculine singular. Feminine and plural will come later
 It is always followed by a description, which is known as ٌِ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬
The man, who left the room, is a merchant
ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ٌِ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫غ‬‫ال‬ ٌَ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ٌَ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ٌُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬
ٌِ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬ ٌُ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬
The book, which is on the table, belongs to the teacher
ٌِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ ٌِ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬‫ك‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ٌُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬‫ال‬
ٌِ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬ ٌُ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) 17
‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ٌ‫َعت‬‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ as ٌ‫َعت‬‫ن‬
The man, who left the room, is a merchant
ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ٌِ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫غ‬‫ال‬ ٌَ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ٌَ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ٌُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌِ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬ ٌ‫َعت‬‫ن‬َ‫ٌو‬ُ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌٌٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
The man is a merchant
ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ٌُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
The tall man is a merchant
ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ٌُ‫ل‬‫ِي‬‫و‬َّ‫ط‬‫ال‬ ٌُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬
ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌٌٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) 18
The Past Tense Verb (‫ي‬ِ‫اض‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ال‬)The Past Tense Verb (‫ي‬ِ‫اض‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ال‬)
 Verb = Action = ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬
 Doer = Subject = ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬
 Base form of all Arabic verbs is in the past tense (ٌٍ‫ض‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬)
 The base form of the verb always corresponds to the 3rd person
singular masculine pronoun, i.e. he (ٌَ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬)
 The doer of the action (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬) is hidden (ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬) within the base form of
the verb (ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬). Notice the hidden “he” in ٌَ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬
ٌَ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬(He left) ٌَ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) 19
Anatomy of The Past Tense Verb
 Almost all Arabic verbs can be traced back to a three letter verb. The
remaining few exceptions are traced to a four letter verb.
 To understand their structure, the three letter verbs are defined on
the pattern of ‫فعل‬ as follows.
ٌَ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬(He left) ٌَ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌَ‫ج‬ ٌَ‫ر‬ ٌَ‫خ‬
‫فعل‬‫فعل‬‫ل‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ف‬
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ف‬ (1st radical)
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ع‬ (2nd radical)
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ل‬ (3rd radical)
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) 20
Anatomy of The Past Tense Verb
 In the base form for all 3 letter past tense verbs:
 ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ف‬ and ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ل‬ always have a ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬
 ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ع‬ can have a ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬, ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬, orٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫َس‬‫ك‬
ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ل‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ع‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ف‬ Meaning ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬
ٌَ‫ب‬ ٌَ‫ه‬ ٌَ‫ذ‬ He left ٌَ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬
ٌَ‫س‬ ٌَ‫ل‬ ٌَ‫ج‬ He sat ٌَ‫س‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ج‬
ٌَ‫ر‬ ٌَ‫ص‬ ٌَ‫ن‬ He helped ٌَ‫ر‬ َ‫َص‬‫ن‬
ٌَ‫ع‬ ٌِ‫م‬ ٌَ‫س‬ He heard ٌَ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬
ٌَ‫م‬ ٌُ‫ر‬ ٌَ‫ك‬ He became noble ٌَ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) 21
Conjugation of The Past Tense Verb
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ Suffix
ٌَ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ ٌَ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ He
ٌَ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌْ‫ا‬ ٌْ‫ا‬ ٌْ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (2)
ٌُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ٌْ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2)
ٌْ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ ٌْ‫ت‬ ٌَ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ She
ٌَ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌْ‫ا‬ ٌْ‫ا‬ ٌْ‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (2)
ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌَ‫ن‬ ٌَ‫ن‬ ٌَ‫ن‬ ٌَّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2)
ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌَ‫ت‬ ٌَ‫ت‬ ٌَ‫ت‬ ٌَ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ You
ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ You (2)
ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ You (>2)
ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌِ‫ت‬ ٌِ‫ت‬ ٌِ‫ت‬ ٌِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ You
ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ You (2)
ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌَّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌَّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌَّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌَّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ You (>2)
ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌُ‫ت‬ ٌُ‫ت‬ ٌُ‫ت‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ I
ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ٌُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ We
All ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ in this group are
either ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ or have a
sukun on them, so this
group is called ٌ‫ن‬ِ‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫س‬
All ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ in this group
have some vowel sign on
them so this group is
called ٌ‫ك‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬َ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬
This alif is called ٌِ‫ة‬َ‫ي‬‫ا‬َ‫ق‬ِ‫و‬‫ٌال‬ ُ‫ف‬ِ‫ل‬ّّ‫ا‬ (alif of
protection). It protects the ‫و‬ from
being mistaken for the conjunction ‫و‬
(and). It is written but not pronounced
This is ٌِ‫ث‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ا‬َّ‫ت‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫اء‬َ‫ت‬(ta of feminine)
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) 22
Conjugation of The Past Tense Verb Examples
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ Suffix
ٌَ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ ٌَ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ ٌَ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ ٌَ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ ٌَ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ He
ٌَ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ٌْ‫ا‬ ٌَ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ٌْ‫ا‬ ٌَ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ٌْ‫ا‬ ٌَ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌْ‫ا‬ ٌْ‫ا‬ ٌْ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (2)
ٌُ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ٌْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ٌُ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ٌْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ٌُ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ٌْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ٌُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ٌْ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2)
ٌْ‫ت‬َ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ ٌْ‫ت‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ ٌْ‫ت‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ ٌْ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ ٌْ‫ت‬ ٌَ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ She
ٌَ‫ت‬َ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ٌْ‫ا‬ ٌَ‫ت‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ٌْ‫ا‬ ٌَ‫ت‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ٌْ‫ا‬ ٌَ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌْ‫ا‬ ٌْ‫ا‬ ٌْ‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (2)
ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ٌَ‫ن‬ ٌْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ٌَ‫ن‬ ٌْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ٌَ‫ن‬ ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌَ‫ن‬ ٌَ‫ن‬ ٌَ‫ن‬ ٌَّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2)
ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ٌَ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ٌَ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ٌَ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌَ‫ت‬ ٌَ‫ت‬ ٌَ‫ت‬ ٌَ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ You
ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ You (2)
ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ You (>2)
ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ٌِ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ٌِ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ٌِ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌِ‫ت‬ ٌِ‫ت‬ ٌِ‫ت‬ ٌِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ You
ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ You (2)
ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ٌَّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ٌَّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ٌَّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌَّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌَّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌَّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌَّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ You (>2)
ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ٌُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ٌُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ٌُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌُ‫ت‬ ٌُ‫ت‬ ٌُ‫ت‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ I
ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ٌْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ٌْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ٌُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ We
ِ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ِ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ب‬‫م‬ْ‫ح‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫ي‬ ِ‫ح‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬ ِ‫ن‬
ARIC – Arabic Class Notes
Part 5 (ver. 7)
1
TopicsTopics
Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬)
Early Predicate and Late Subject ( ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ا‬‫د‬‫بت‬ُ‫م‬‫و‬ ٌ‫م‬َّ‫د‬‫ق‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ب‬‫خ‬)
Plural (ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬)
Numbers (ٌ‫د‬‫ا‬‫عد‬َ‫ا‬)
Diptotes ( ِ‫رف‬ َّ‫الص‬ ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ن‬‫م‬‫الم‬)
Types of khabar (ِ‫ر‬‫ب‬‫الخ‬ ُ‫ع‬‫ا‬‫نو‬َ‫ا‬)
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 5 (ver. 8)
Revision History
2
Date Ver Author Revision Comments
Apr. 24, 2010 1 Zahid Naeem Initial version
May 1, 2010 2 Zahid Naeem Added more notes on Attached Pronoun
May 8, 2010 3 Zahid Naeem Added Early Predicate and Late Subject ( ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ا‬‫د‬‫بت‬ُ‫م‬‫و‬ ٌ‫م‬َّ‫د‬‫ق‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ب‬‫خ‬)
May 15, 2010 4 Zahid Naeem Added Plural (ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬) slides
Jun. 19, 2010 5 Zahid Naeem
Added a slide for plurals of irrationals and adjective for muda’f vs. muda’f
ilaihi
Jun. 26, 2010 6 Zahid Naeem Added slides for Numbers (ٌ‫د‬‫ا‬‫عد‬َ‫ا‬)
Jul. 10, 2010 7 Zahid Naeem
Added slides for singular, dual and plural case endings, grammatical analysis
& Diptotes
Jul. 24, 2010 8 Zahid Naeem Added slide for types of khabar
ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ِ‫يل‬ِ‫ب‬‫س‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬There are no copyrights reserved for this material. You may make copies and distribute them Fi Sabilillah – ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ِ‫يل‬ِ‫ب‬‫س‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬
Report any errors, omissions or suggestions to arabic.aric@gmail.com
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 5 (ver. 8) 3
Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬)Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬)
Muhammad’s book.
‫د‬َّ‫م‬‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ ُ‫اب‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
His book
ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫اب‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
His book
ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
Your book
‫ك‬ ُ‫اب‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
Your book
‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
ُ‫ه‬ and ‫ك‬ are attached
pronouns (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬)
 An attached pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬), when attached to a noun, is
always ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ and the noun it is attached to is ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
 The attached pronoun in this case is always ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬‫م‬
+
+
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 5 (ver. 8) 4
Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬)Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬)
From Muhammad
‫د‬َّ‫م‬‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬
‫ار‬‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬‫م‬‫و‬
Him From
ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬‫ح‬
From him
ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬
‫ار‬‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬‫م‬‫و‬
Them From
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬‫ح‬
From them
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬
‫ار‬‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬‫م‬‫و‬
ُ‫ه‬ and ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ are attached
pronouns (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬)
 An attached pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬), when attached to a ‫ر‬‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬‫ح‬
(preposition), is always ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬
+
+
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 5 (ver. 8)
Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬) vs. Detached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬)Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬) vs. Detached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬)
5
3rd Person
Masculine
Singular He, It ُ‫ه‬ ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫د‬‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ي‬‫ا‬‫غ‬
“Dual” They (2) ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬‫ث‬ُ‫م‬
Plural They ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬
Feminine
Singular She, It ‫ا‬‫ه‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ٌ‫د‬‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬“Dual” They (2) ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬‫ث‬ُ‫م‬
Plural They َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬
2nd person
Masculine
Singular You ‫ك‬ ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ب‬‫اط‬‫خ‬ُ‫م‬
“Dual” You (2) ‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬‫ث‬ُ‫م‬
Plural You (>2) ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬
Feminine
Singular You ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬“Dual” You (2) ‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬‫ث‬ُ‫م‬
Plural You (>2) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬
1st person Masc. & Fem.
Singular I ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬ُ‫م‬
Plural We ‫ا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ح‬‫ن‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬ (Detached Pronoun)ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬ (Detached Pronoun)ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬ (Attached Pronoun)ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬ (Attached Pronoun)
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 5 (ver. 8)
Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬) vs. Detached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬)Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬) vs. Detached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬)
6
ُ‫ه‬ ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ا‬‫ه‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬
‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ك‬ ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
‫ي‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
‫ا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ح‬‫ن‬
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬
 Always ٌ‫ة‬‫ِف‬‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬‫م‬ (definite)
 Are ٌ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬‫م‬ (fixed)
 Always ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬‫م‬ (nominative)
ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬
 Always ٌ‫ة‬‫ِف‬‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬‫م‬ (definite)
 Are ٌ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬‫م‬ (fixed)
 Always ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬‫م‬ (genitive) or
ٌ‫وب‬ ُ‫نص‬‫م‬ (accusative)
 Can be attached to a noun,
verb or a particle
This ‫ي‬ is called ِ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫اء‬‫ي‬ (ya-ul
mutakallim) – Ya of the first
person
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 5 (ver. 8) 7
Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬) as ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬) as ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
ٌ‫ة‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ ٌ‫اب‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ His ُ‫ه‬ ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Their (2 mas.) ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Their (>2 mas.) ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ا‬‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ ‫ا‬‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Her ‫ا‬‫ه‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬
‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Their (2 fem) ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Their (>2 fem) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your ‫ك‬ ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your (2 mas.) ‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your (>2 mas.) ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
ِ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ ِ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your (fem) ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your (2 fem) ‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your (>2 fem) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ت‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ My ْ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
‫ا‬‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Our ‫ا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ح‬‫ن‬
The last letter of the
ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ gets a ٌ‫ة‬‫سر‬‫ك‬ when
attached to ِ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫اء‬‫ي‬. A
ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬‫ض‬ on the last letter
would have made the
pronunciation difficult.
The ُ‫ة‬‫وط‬ُ‫ب‬‫ر‬‫الم‬ ُ‫اء‬‫الت‬ changes
to a ُ‫ة‬‫وح‬ُ‫ت‬‫ف‬‫الم‬ ُ‫اء‬‫الت‬ when it
is followed by an
attached pronoun.
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 5 (ver. 8) 8
Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬) with Special NounsAttached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬) with Special Nouns
ٌ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ ٌ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬
ُ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫ه‬ ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬
ُ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
ُ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
ُ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫ه‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬
ُ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
ُ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
ُ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ك‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
ُ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
ُ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
ُ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ِ‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
ُ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
ُ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ ْ‫ي‬ ِ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ ْ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
ُ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬‫ن‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ح‬‫ن‬
Notice the extra ‫و‬ between
ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ and ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬. By same
token “Muhammad’s father”
will be ‫د‬َّ‫م‬‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ ‫و‬ُ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬
ٌ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬‫و‬ ٌ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ are 2 of the 4 special
nouns, which take this extra ‫و‬.
Will learn the other two later.
The rule for extra ‫و‬ does not
apply when these nouns are
followed by ِ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫اء‬‫ي‬
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 5 (ver. 8) 9
Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬) as ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬‫اس‬
‫ى‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ْ‫ن‬‫ع‬
ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬‫ع‬ ُ‫ه‬ ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ا‬‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬‫ع‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬‫ع‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ا‬‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬‫ع‬ ‫ا‬‫ه‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬
‫ا‬‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬‫ع‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
َّ‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬‫ع‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬‫ع‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬‫ع‬ ‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬‫ع‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬‫ع‬ ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬‫ع‬ ‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬‫ع‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
َّ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ْ‫ي‬ِّ‫ن‬‫ع‬ ْ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
‫ا‬‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َّ‫ن‬‫ع‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ح‬‫ن‬
َّ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ = ْ‫ي‬ + ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬
The ‫ورة‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫ق‬‫م‬ ‫ف‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ at the end of ‫ى‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬
changes to a ‫ي‬ (ya) when it is
followed by an attached
pronoun.
Also notice the change from ُ‫ه‬ to
ِ‫ه‬ for the attached pronoun.
Same is true for ‫ى‬‫ل‬‫ع‬
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 5 (ver. 8) 10
Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬) as ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬‫اس‬
ُ‫ه‬‫ل‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫ه‬ ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬‫ل‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬‫ل‬ ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ا‬‫ه‬‫ل‬ ‫ا‬‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬‫ه‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬
‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬‫ل‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬‫ل‬ َّ‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ك‬‫ل‬ ‫ك‬ِ‫ب‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ك‬‫ل‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ِ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬‫ل‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ِ‫ب‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
ِ‫ك‬‫ل‬ ِ‫ك‬ِ‫ب‬ ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ك‬‫ل‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ِ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬‫ل‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ِ‫ب‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬ ْ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
‫ا‬‫ن‬‫ل‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬ِ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ح‬‫ن‬
The preposition gets a ٌ‫ة‬‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬‫ف‬
when it is followed by an
attached pronoun, with one
exception; see below.
The preposition retains its ٌ‫ة‬‫سر‬‫ك‬
when it is attached to ِ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اء‬‫ي‬
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 5 (ver. 8) 11
Past Tense Verb Suffix vs. ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬ vs. ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬
Past Tense Verb Suffix ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬ ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬
ُ‫ه‬ ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬
ْ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
ْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
ْ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬‫ه‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬
‫ت‬ْ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ن‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬
‫ت‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
ِ‫ت‬ ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
ُ‫ت‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬َ‫ا‬
‫ا‬‫ن‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ح‬‫ن‬
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 5 (ver. 8) 12
ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ا‬‫د‬‫بت‬ُ‫م‬‫و‬ ٌ‫م‬َّ‫د‬‫ق‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ب‬‫خ‬Early Predicate and Late Subject ( ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ا‬‫د‬‫بت‬ُ‫م‬‫و‬ ٌ‫م‬َّ‫د‬‫ق‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ب‬‫خ‬)
The man is in the house
ِ‫يت‬‫الب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬
‫و‬ ‫ار‬‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬‫ب‬‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬‫م‬ ٌ‫ا‬‫د‬‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
A man is in the house
ٌ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬‫ر‬ ِ‫يت‬‫الب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬
A ِ‫ة‬‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ (phrase), e.g.
ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬‫م‬‫و‬ ‫ار‬‫ج‬ (prepositional
phrase) or ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬‫ظ‬ (adverbial
phrase) can never beٌ‫ا‬‫د‬‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
(subject), even though a
sentence may begin with it.
ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ا‬‫د‬‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ ‫و‬ ‫ار‬‫ج‬ٌ‫م‬َّ‫د‬‫ق‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ب‬‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬‫م‬
A garden is in front of the masjid
ٌ‫ة‬‫يق‬ِ‫د‬‫ح‬ ِ‫د‬ ِ‫سج‬‫الم‬ ‫ام‬‫م‬َ‫ا‬
ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ا‬‫د‬‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬‫م‬ِ‫ه‬‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬‫ظ‬ٌ‫م‬َّ‫د‬‫ق‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ب‬‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 5 (ver. 8) 13
ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬Plural ( ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬)
Plural ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬Plural ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬
Broken Plural ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ ِ‫كس‬‫ت‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬Broken Plural ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ ِ‫كس‬‫ت‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬
ٌ‫م‬ِ‫ال‬‫س‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬Sound Plural ٌ‫م‬ِ‫ال‬‫س‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬
Sound Masculine PluralSound Masculine Plural
ٌ‫م‬ِ‫ال‬‫س‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬
Sound Feminine PluralSound Feminine Plural
ٌ‫م‬ِ‫ال‬‫س‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬
The singular word is broken to create the plural,
e.g. ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬‫ط‬ -> ٌ‫َّاب‬‫ل‬ُ‫ط‬ , ٌ‫م‬‫ل‬‫ق‬ -> ٌ‫م‬‫ا‬‫ل‬ْ‫ق‬َ‫ا‬. Broken plurals have
many patterns, as explained later.
The singular word stays
intact in the plural, e.g.
ٌ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬‫د‬ُ‫م‬ -> ‫ن‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬‫د‬ُ‫م‬
Has an ûna ( ‫ن‬ْ‫و‬) ending,
e.g. ٌ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ -> ‫ن‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬
Has an âtun ( ٌ‫ات‬) ending,
e.g. ٌ‫ة‬‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ -> ٌ‫ات‬‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬
Some nouns have
multiple plural
forms, e.g., ٌ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ has
two plural forms
1) ٌ‫ة‬‫و‬ْ‫ِخ‬‫ا‬ and 2) ُ‫ن‬‫ا‬‫و‬ْ‫ِخ‬‫ا‬
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 5 (ver. 8)
ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ع‬ُ‫ف‬
14
Patterns of Broken Plural
ٌ‫م‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ُج‬‫ن‬ٌ‫م‬ْ‫ج‬‫ن‬
ٌ‫خ‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ي‬ُ‫ش‬ٌ‫خ‬ْ‫ي‬‫ش‬
ٌ‫ل‬ُ‫ع‬ُ‫ف‬
ٌ‫ب‬ُ‫ت‬ُ‫ك‬ٌ‫اب‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬
ٌ‫ل‬ُ‫س‬ُ‫ر‬ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫س‬‫ر‬
ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬
ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬‫ب‬ِ‫ج‬ٌ‫ل‬‫ب‬‫ج‬
ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬‫ج‬ِ‫ر‬ٌ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬‫ر‬
ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬َّ‫ع‬ُ‫ف‬
ٌ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ج‬ُ‫ت‬ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬‫ت‬
ٌ‫اب‬َّ‫ل‬ُ‫ط‬ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬‫ط‬
ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 5 (ver. 8)
ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ز‬
ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬‫ع‬ْ‫ف‬َ‫ا‬
15
Patterns of Broken Plural
ٌ‫د‬‫ا‬‫ل‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ا‬ُ‫د‬‫ل‬‫و‬
ٌ‫م‬‫ا‬‫م‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ا‬‫م‬‫ع‬
ُ‫اء‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ف‬َ‫ا‬
ُ‫اء‬‫ق‬ِ‫د‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫ا‬ٌ‫ق‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫د‬‫ص‬
ُ‫اء‬َّ‫ب‬ِ‫ط‬َ‫ا‬ٌ‫ب‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬‫ط‬
ٌ‫ة‬‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬
ٌ‫ة‬‫و‬ْ‫خ‬ِ‫ا‬ٌ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬
ٌ‫ة‬‫ي‬ْ‫ت‬ِ‫ف‬‫تى‬‫ف‬
ُ‫اء‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ُ‫ف‬
ُ‫اء‬‫ل‬‫م‬ُ‫ز‬
ُ‫اء‬‫ر‬‫ق‬ُ‫ف‬ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬‫ف‬
ُ‫اء‬‫ب‬ِ‫ب‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ا‬
We will learn more patterns later Diptote ( ِ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬ َّ‫الص‬ ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ن‬ْ‫م‬‫لم‬‫ا‬)
Madina book1-notes
Madina book1-notes
Madina book1-notes
Madina book1-notes
Madina book1-notes
Madina book1-notes
Madina book1-notes
Madina book1-notes
Madina book1-notes

Contenu connexe

Tendances

Handouts book 1
Handouts book 1Handouts book 1
Handouts book 1Shahedur
 
Arabic 2: basics-on-verbs
Arabic 2: basics-on-verbs Arabic 2: basics-on-verbs
Arabic 2: basics-on-verbs Mohamed ZAIM
 
3 nominal-sentence
3 nominal-sentence3 nominal-sentence
3 nominal-sentenceMohammad Ali
 
Madina book 1 arabic solutions
Madina book 1 arabic solutionsMadina book 1 arabic solutions
Madina book 1 arabic solutionsMansour1
 
Arabic tutor 1
Arabic tutor 1Arabic tutor 1
Arabic tutor 1Mansour1
 
Arabicfordummies
ArabicfordummiesArabicfordummies
ArabicfordummiesNada Shaath
 
Arabic level-0-class-1
Arabic level-0-class-1Arabic level-0-class-1
Arabic level-0-class-1Mohammad Ali
 
Basic arabic grammar
Basic arabic grammarBasic arabic grammar
Basic arabic grammarAdeelMushtaq
 
Diseases of Hearts and their Cures
Diseases of Hearts and their CuresDiseases of Hearts and their Cures
Diseases of Hearts and their CuresIslamic Library
 
Arabic grammar made easy belal philips
Arabic grammar made easy  belal philipsArabic grammar made easy  belal philips
Arabic grammar made easy belal philipsSonali Jannat
 
Learn_How_To_Read_Al_Quran
Learn_How_To_Read_Al_QuranLearn_How_To_Read_Al_Quran
Learn_How_To_Read_Al_QuranSonali Jannat
 
Tajweed quran arb_eng_uthmani_audio
Tajweed quran arb_eng_uthmani_audioTajweed quran arb_eng_uthmani_audio
Tajweed quran arb_eng_uthmani_audiomhmas
 
Tajweed course makhaaraj - engish
Tajweed course   makhaaraj - engishTajweed course   makhaaraj - engish
Tajweed course makhaaraj - engishDukhan GirlsClub
 

Tendances (20)

Hamzatul wasl
Hamzatul waslHamzatul wasl
Hamzatul wasl
 
Handouts book 1
Handouts book 1Handouts book 1
Handouts book 1
 
Arabic 2: basics-on-verbs
Arabic 2: basics-on-verbs Arabic 2: basics-on-verbs
Arabic 2: basics-on-verbs
 
Arabic verbs
Arabic verbsArabic verbs
Arabic verbs
 
3 nominal-sentence
3 nominal-sentence3 nominal-sentence
3 nominal-sentence
 
Madina book 1 arabic solutions
Madina book 1 arabic solutionsMadina book 1 arabic solutions
Madina book 1 arabic solutions
 
Modern Standard Arabic Verbs (Part 2)
Modern Standard Arabic Verbs (Part 2)Modern Standard Arabic Verbs (Part 2)
Modern Standard Arabic Verbs (Part 2)
 
Arabic tutor 1
Arabic tutor 1Arabic tutor 1
Arabic tutor 1
 
Easy arabic grammar
Easy arabic grammarEasy arabic grammar
Easy arabic grammar
 
Arabicfordummies
ArabicfordummiesArabicfordummies
Arabicfordummies
 
Arabic level-0-class-1
Arabic level-0-class-1Arabic level-0-class-1
Arabic level-0-class-1
 
Basic arabic grammar
Basic arabic grammarBasic arabic grammar
Basic arabic grammar
 
Diseases of Hearts and their Cures
Diseases of Hearts and their CuresDiseases of Hearts and their Cures
Diseases of Hearts and their Cures
 
Arabic grammar made easy belal philips
Arabic grammar made easy  belal philipsArabic grammar made easy  belal philips
Arabic grammar made easy belal philips
 
Learn_How_To_Read_Al_Quran
Learn_How_To_Read_Al_QuranLearn_How_To_Read_Al_Quran
Learn_How_To_Read_Al_Quran
 
Tajweed quran arb_eng_uthmani_audio
Tajweed quran arb_eng_uthmani_audioTajweed quran arb_eng_uthmani_audio
Tajweed quran arb_eng_uthmani_audio
 
Tajweed course makhaaraj - engish
Tajweed course   makhaaraj - engishTajweed course   makhaaraj - engish
Tajweed course makhaaraj - engish
 
Articulation points of Arabic alphabet
Articulation points of Arabic alphabetArticulation points of Arabic alphabet
Articulation points of Arabic alphabet
 
Tajweed
TajweedTajweed
Tajweed
 
Tajweed Rules
Tajweed RulesTajweed Rules
Tajweed Rules
 

En vedette

Madina book 1 (bangla reader)
Madina book 1 (bangla reader)Madina book 1 (bangla reader)
Madina book 1 (bangla reader)Sonali Jannat
 
Tawheed for-children-level-1-knowing-allaah By dr-saleh-as-saleh
Tawheed for-children-level-1-knowing-allaah By dr-saleh-as-salehTawheed for-children-level-1-knowing-allaah By dr-saleh-as-saleh
Tawheed for-children-level-1-knowing-allaah By dr-saleh-as-salehSonali Jannat
 
Inna and its sisters إنَّ و أخَوَاتِهَا
Inna and its sisters إنَّ و أخَوَاتِهَا Inna and its sisters إنَّ و أخَوَاتِهَا
Inna and its sisters إنَّ و أخَوَاتِهَا Arabeya Arabic Language Center
 
The table below shows examples of arabic numbers
The table below shows examples of arabic numbersThe table below shows examples of arabic numbers
The table below shows examples of arabic numbersMohammad Ali
 
Quranic arabic made simple lecture 1
Quranic arabic made simple lecture 1Quranic arabic made simple lecture 1
Quranic arabic made simple lecture 1Ahmad Khawaja
 
Arabic Course_Madina book1 english_key
Arabic Course_Madina book1 english_keyArabic Course_Madina book1 english_key
Arabic Course_Madina book1 english_keySonali Jannat
 
Madina book3 solutions
Madina book3 solutionsMadina book3 solutions
Madina book3 solutionsShahedur
 
Madina book 1 english key
Madina book 1   english keyMadina book 1   english key
Madina book 1 english keyShahedur
 
Madina book2 arabic_text
Madina book2 arabic_textMadina book2 arabic_text
Madina book2 arabic_textShahedur
 
Buku Teks Bahasa Arab Madinah 1
Buku Teks Bahasa Arab Madinah 1Buku Teks Bahasa Arab Madinah 1
Buku Teks Bahasa Arab Madinah 1Nurul Ashwad
 
Madina book 1 english key
Madina book 1 english keyMadina book 1 english key
Madina book 1 english keyMansour1
 
Arabic without tears 1 just letters print
Arabic without tears 1   just letters printArabic without tears 1   just letters print
Arabic without tears 1 just letters printShahedur
 

En vedette (20)

Madina book 1 (bangla reader)
Madina book 1 (bangla reader)Madina book 1 (bangla reader)
Madina book 1 (bangla reader)
 
Tawheed for-children-level-1-knowing-allaah By dr-saleh-as-saleh
Tawheed for-children-level-1-knowing-allaah By dr-saleh-as-salehTawheed for-children-level-1-knowing-allaah By dr-saleh-as-saleh
Tawheed for-children-level-1-knowing-allaah By dr-saleh-as-saleh
 
Quranic word part 8
Quranic word part 8Quranic word part 8
Quranic word part 8
 
Al-Qur’an: The Linguistic Miracle
Al-Qur’an: The Linguistic MiracleAl-Qur’an: The Linguistic Miracle
Al-Qur’an: The Linguistic Miracle
 
u086001
u086001u086001
u086001
 
Inna and its sisters إنَّ و أخَوَاتِهَا
Inna and its sisters إنَّ و أخَوَاتِهَا Inna and its sisters إنَّ و أخَوَاتِهَا
Inna and its sisters إنَّ و أخَوَاتِهَا
 
Lesson in arabic language book 1
Lesson in arabic language book 1Lesson in arabic language book 1
Lesson in arabic language book 1
 
The table below shows examples of arabic numbers
The table below shows examples of arabic numbersThe table below shows examples of arabic numbers
The table below shows examples of arabic numbers
 
Discourse annotation
Discourse annotationDiscourse annotation
Discourse annotation
 
Quranic arabic made simple lecture 1
Quranic arabic made simple lecture 1Quranic arabic made simple lecture 1
Quranic arabic made simple lecture 1
 
Arabic Course_Madina book1 english_key
Arabic Course_Madina book1 english_keyArabic Course_Madina book1 english_key
Arabic Course_Madina book1 english_key
 
Book 2
Book 2Book 2
Book 2
 
Mirror: Arabic1
Mirror: Arabic1Mirror: Arabic1
Mirror: Arabic1
 
Madina book3 solutions
Madina book3 solutionsMadina book3 solutions
Madina book3 solutions
 
Madina book 1 english key
Madina book 1   english keyMadina book 1   english key
Madina book 1 english key
 
Madina book2 arabic_text
Madina book2 arabic_textMadina book2 arabic_text
Madina book2 arabic_text
 
Lesson in arabic language book 2
Lesson in arabic language book 2Lesson in arabic language book 2
Lesson in arabic language book 2
 
Buku Teks Bahasa Arab Madinah 1
Buku Teks Bahasa Arab Madinah 1Buku Teks Bahasa Arab Madinah 1
Buku Teks Bahasa Arab Madinah 1
 
Madina book 1 english key
Madina book 1 english keyMadina book 1 english key
Madina book 1 english key
 
Arabic without tears 1 just letters print
Arabic without tears 1   just letters printArabic without tears 1   just letters print
Arabic without tears 1 just letters print
 

Similaire à Madina book1-notes

English we use (the) ) before the definite nouns but in Arabic we useالَ befo...
English we use (the) ) before the definite nouns but in Arabic we useالَ befo...English we use (the) ) before the definite nouns but in Arabic we useالَ befo...
English we use (the) ) before the definite nouns but in Arabic we useالَ befo...ssuser1b2e21
 
Lesson 4 | Introduction to Sorf | Learn Arabic to Understand the Quran for Al...
Lesson 4 | Introduction to Sorf | Learn Arabic to Understand the Quran for Al...Lesson 4 | Introduction to Sorf | Learn Arabic to Understand the Quran for Al...
Lesson 4 | Introduction to Sorf | Learn Arabic to Understand the Quran for Al...E-Learning Centre
 
caligrafía letras griegas. Primeras sesiones.
caligrafía letras griegas. Primeras sesiones.caligrafía letras griegas. Primeras sesiones.
caligrafía letras griegas. Primeras sesiones.Benlider
 
Arabic level-0-class-4
Arabic level-0-class-4Arabic level-0-class-4
Arabic level-0-class-4Mohammad Ali
 
Deterministic Finite State Automaton of Arabic Verb System: A Morphological S...
Deterministic Finite State Automaton of Arabic Verb System: A Morphological S...Deterministic Finite State Automaton of Arabic Verb System: A Morphological S...
Deterministic Finite State Automaton of Arabic Verb System: A Morphological S...CSCJournals
 
Complete Arabic Grammar 2nd Ed
Complete Arabic Grammar 2nd EdComplete Arabic Grammar 2nd Ed
Complete Arabic Grammar 2nd EdJack L. Kules, PhD
 
Arabic level-0-class-3
Arabic level-0-class-3Arabic level-0-class-3
Arabic level-0-class-3Mohammad Ali
 
DEVELOPING A SIMPLIFIED MORPHOLOGICAL ANALYZER FOR ARABIC PRONOMINAL SYSTEM
DEVELOPING A SIMPLIFIED MORPHOLOGICAL ANALYZER FOR ARABIC PRONOMINAL SYSTEMDEVELOPING A SIMPLIFIED MORPHOLOGICAL ANALYZER FOR ARABIC PRONOMINAL SYSTEM
DEVELOPING A SIMPLIFIED MORPHOLOGICAL ANALYZER FOR ARABIC PRONOMINAL SYSTEMkevig
 
Fundamentals of classical_arabic
Fundamentals of classical_arabicFundamentals of classical_arabic
Fundamentals of classical_arabicMOHAMED ALI
 
Presentation On Weak Syllables
Presentation On Weak SyllablesPresentation On Weak Syllables
Presentation On Weak SyllablesDr. Cupid Lucid
 
6 theory
6 theory6 theory
6 theorybiscus
 
Copy Of Presentation On Weak Syllables
Copy Of Presentation On Weak SyllablesCopy Of Presentation On Weak Syllables
Copy Of Presentation On Weak SyllablesDr. Cupid Lucid
 

Similaire à Madina book1-notes (20)

lectures.pptx
lectures.pptxlectures.pptx
lectures.pptx
 
English we use (the) ) before the definite nouns but in Arabic we useالَ befo...
English we use (the) ) before the definite nouns but in Arabic we useالَ befo...English we use (the) ) before the definite nouns but in Arabic we useالَ befo...
English we use (the) ) before the definite nouns but in Arabic we useالَ befo...
 
Coreference recognition in arabic
Coreference recognition in arabicCoreference recognition in arabic
Coreference recognition in arabic
 
Lesson 4 | Introduction to Sorf | Learn Arabic to Understand the Quran for Al...
Lesson 4 | Introduction to Sorf | Learn Arabic to Understand the Quran for Al...Lesson 4 | Introduction to Sorf | Learn Arabic to Understand the Quran for Al...
Lesson 4 | Introduction to Sorf | Learn Arabic to Understand the Quran for Al...
 
Phonetic7
Phonetic7Phonetic7
Phonetic7
 
Arabic alphabet and their shapes
Arabic alphabet and their shapesArabic alphabet and their shapes
Arabic alphabet and their shapes
 
caligrafía letras griegas. Primeras sesiones.
caligrafía letras griegas. Primeras sesiones.caligrafía letras griegas. Primeras sesiones.
caligrafía letras griegas. Primeras sesiones.
 
Arabic level-0-class-4
Arabic level-0-class-4Arabic level-0-class-4
Arabic level-0-class-4
 
Deterministic Finite State Automaton of Arabic Verb System: A Morphological S...
Deterministic Finite State Automaton of Arabic Verb System: A Morphological S...Deterministic Finite State Automaton of Arabic Verb System: A Morphological S...
Deterministic Finite State Automaton of Arabic Verb System: A Morphological S...
 
Complete Arabic Grammar 2nd Ed
Complete Arabic Grammar 2nd EdComplete Arabic Grammar 2nd Ed
Complete Arabic Grammar 2nd Ed
 
Arabic
ArabicArabic
Arabic
 
Arabic level-0-class-3
Arabic level-0-class-3Arabic level-0-class-3
Arabic level-0-class-3
 
Urdu Alphabet.doc
Urdu Alphabet.docUrdu Alphabet.doc
Urdu Alphabet.doc
 
DEVELOPING A SIMPLIFIED MORPHOLOGICAL ANALYZER FOR ARABIC PRONOMINAL SYSTEM
DEVELOPING A SIMPLIFIED MORPHOLOGICAL ANALYZER FOR ARABIC PRONOMINAL SYSTEMDEVELOPING A SIMPLIFIED MORPHOLOGICAL ANALYZER FOR ARABIC PRONOMINAL SYSTEM
DEVELOPING A SIMPLIFIED MORPHOLOGICAL ANALYZER FOR ARABIC PRONOMINAL SYSTEM
 
Tajweed Book.pdf
Tajweed Book.pdfTajweed Book.pdf
Tajweed Book.pdf
 
Madina book2-notes
Madina book2-notes Madina book2-notes
Madina book2-notes
 
Fundamentals of classical_arabic
Fundamentals of classical_arabicFundamentals of classical_arabic
Fundamentals of classical_arabic
 
Presentation On Weak Syllables
Presentation On Weak SyllablesPresentation On Weak Syllables
Presentation On Weak Syllables
 
6 theory
6 theory6 theory
6 theory
 
Copy Of Presentation On Weak Syllables
Copy Of Presentation On Weak SyllablesCopy Of Presentation On Weak Syllables
Copy Of Presentation On Weak Syllables
 

Plus de Sonali Jannat

nahw al_wadhiah_primary
nahw al_wadhiah_primarynahw al_wadhiah_primary
nahw al_wadhiah_primarySonali Jannat
 
lme din_orjoner_poddhoti
lme din_orjoner_poddhotilme din_orjoner_poddhoti
lme din_orjoner_poddhotiSonali Jannat
 
talimut tawhid_lil_atfal
 talimut tawhid_lil_atfal talimut tawhid_lil_atfal
talimut tawhid_lil_atfalSonali Jannat
 
hayez o_nefas-er_60_ti_prosno
hayez o_nefas-er_60_ti_prosnohayez o_nefas-er_60_ti_prosno
hayez o_nefas-er_60_ti_prosnoSonali Jannat
 
Noorani qaida english
Noorani qaida englishNoorani qaida english
Noorani qaida englishSonali Jannat
 
Madinah-book-3-notes-v8
Madinah-book-3-notes-v8Madinah-book-3-notes-v8
Madinah-book-3-notes-v8Sonali Jannat
 
Madinah-book-2-notes-v7
Madinah-book-2-notes-v7Madinah-book-2-notes-v7
Madinah-book-2-notes-v7Sonali Jannat
 
Articulation points-of-the-letters- makhraj
Articulation points-of-the-letters- makhrajArticulation points-of-the-letters- makhraj
Articulation points-of-the-letters- makhrajSonali Jannat
 
Reach The Goal via Tajweed Rules
Reach The Goal via Tajweed RulesReach The Goal via Tajweed Rules
Reach The Goal via Tajweed RulesSonali Jannat
 
Ammapara with Tajweed
Ammapara with TajweedAmmapara with Tajweed
Ammapara with TajweedSonali Jannat
 
Ak shobde quran shikha
Ak shobde quran shikhaAk shobde quran shikha
Ak shobde quran shikhaSonali Jannat
 
Step by-step-hazz-guide
Step by-step-hazz-guideStep by-step-hazz-guide
Step by-step-hazz-guideSonali Jannat
 
Arabic phonotice kerboard
Arabic phonotice kerboardArabic phonotice kerboard
Arabic phonotice kerboardSonali Jannat
 
Quran onudhabon asadullah galib
Quran onudhabon   asadullah galibQuran onudhabon   asadullah galib
Quran onudhabon asadullah galibSonali Jannat
 

Plus de Sonali Jannat (20)

nahw al_wadhiah_primary
nahw al_wadhiah_primarynahw al_wadhiah_primary
nahw al_wadhiah_primary
 
lme din_orjoner_poddhoti
lme din_orjoner_poddhotilme din_orjoner_poddhoti
lme din_orjoner_poddhoti
 
Eehyaus sunan
Eehyaus sunanEehyaus sunan
Eehyaus sunan
 
talimut tawhid_lil_atfal
 talimut tawhid_lil_atfal talimut tawhid_lil_atfal
talimut tawhid_lil_atfal
 
hayez o_nefas-er_60_ti_prosno
hayez o_nefas-er_60_ti_prosnohayez o_nefas-er_60_ti_prosno
hayez o_nefas-er_60_ti_prosno
 
Noorani qaida
Noorani qaidaNoorani qaida
Noorani qaida
 
Noorani qaida english
Noorani qaida englishNoorani qaida english
Noorani qaida english
 
Madinah-book-3-notes-v8
Madinah-book-3-notes-v8Madinah-book-3-notes-v8
Madinah-book-3-notes-v8
 
Madinah-book-2-notes-v7
Madinah-book-2-notes-v7Madinah-book-2-notes-v7
Madinah-book-2-notes-v7
 
Articulation points-of-the-letters- makhraj
Articulation points-of-the-letters- makhrajArticulation points-of-the-letters- makhraj
Articulation points-of-the-letters- makhraj
 
Madani quida
Madani quidaMadani quida
Madani quida
 
Reach The Goal via Tajweed Rules
Reach The Goal via Tajweed RulesReach The Goal via Tajweed Rules
Reach The Goal via Tajweed Rules
 
Ammapara with Tajweed
Ammapara with TajweedAmmapara with Tajweed
Ammapara with Tajweed
 
Ak shobde quran shikha
Ak shobde quran shikhaAk shobde quran shikha
Ak shobde quran shikha
 
Quranic dua
Quranic duaQuranic dua
Quranic dua
 
Sarf
Sarf Sarf
Sarf
 
Littilmidz 3
Littilmidz 3Littilmidz 3
Littilmidz 3
 
Step by-step-hazz-guide
Step by-step-hazz-guideStep by-step-hazz-guide
Step by-step-hazz-guide
 
Arabic phonotice kerboard
Arabic phonotice kerboardArabic phonotice kerboard
Arabic phonotice kerboard
 
Quran onudhabon asadullah galib
Quran onudhabon   asadullah galibQuran onudhabon   asadullah galib
Quran onudhabon asadullah galib
 

Dernier

1029 - Danh muc Sach Giao Khoa 10 . pdf
1029 -  Danh muc Sach Giao Khoa 10 . pdf1029 -  Danh muc Sach Giao Khoa 10 . pdf
1029 - Danh muc Sach Giao Khoa 10 . pdfQucHHunhnh
 
SOCIAL AND HISTORICAL CONTEXT - LFTVD.pptx
SOCIAL AND HISTORICAL CONTEXT - LFTVD.pptxSOCIAL AND HISTORICAL CONTEXT - LFTVD.pptx
SOCIAL AND HISTORICAL CONTEXT - LFTVD.pptxiammrhaywood
 
Measures of Central Tendency: Mean, Median and Mode
Measures of Central Tendency: Mean, Median and ModeMeasures of Central Tendency: Mean, Median and Mode
Measures of Central Tendency: Mean, Median and ModeThiyagu K
 
Paris 2024 Olympic Geographies - an activity
Paris 2024 Olympic Geographies - an activityParis 2024 Olympic Geographies - an activity
Paris 2024 Olympic Geographies - an activityGeoBlogs
 
social pharmacy d-pharm 1st year by Pragati K. Mahajan
social pharmacy d-pharm 1st year by Pragati K. Mahajansocial pharmacy d-pharm 1st year by Pragati K. Mahajan
social pharmacy d-pharm 1st year by Pragati K. Mahajanpragatimahajan3
 
APM Welcome, APM North West Network Conference, Synergies Across Sectors
APM Welcome, APM North West Network Conference, Synergies Across SectorsAPM Welcome, APM North West Network Conference, Synergies Across Sectors
APM Welcome, APM North West Network Conference, Synergies Across SectorsAssociation for Project Management
 
Beyond the EU: DORA and NIS 2 Directive's Global Impact
Beyond the EU: DORA and NIS 2 Directive's Global ImpactBeyond the EU: DORA and NIS 2 Directive's Global Impact
Beyond the EU: DORA and NIS 2 Directive's Global ImpactPECB
 
The Most Excellent Way | 1 Corinthians 13
The Most Excellent Way | 1 Corinthians 13The Most Excellent Way | 1 Corinthians 13
The Most Excellent Way | 1 Corinthians 13Steve Thomason
 
General AI for Medical Educators April 2024
General AI for Medical Educators April 2024General AI for Medical Educators April 2024
General AI for Medical Educators April 2024Janet Corral
 
Grant Readiness 101 TechSoup and Remy Consulting
Grant Readiness 101 TechSoup and Remy ConsultingGrant Readiness 101 TechSoup and Remy Consulting
Grant Readiness 101 TechSoup and Remy ConsultingTechSoup
 
Activity 01 - Artificial Culture (1).pdf
Activity 01 - Artificial Culture (1).pdfActivity 01 - Artificial Culture (1).pdf
Activity 01 - Artificial Culture (1).pdfciinovamais
 
Call Girls in Dwarka Mor Delhi Contact Us 9654467111
Call Girls in Dwarka Mor Delhi Contact Us 9654467111Call Girls in Dwarka Mor Delhi Contact Us 9654467111
Call Girls in Dwarka Mor Delhi Contact Us 9654467111Sapana Sha
 
Advanced Views - Calendar View in Odoo 17
Advanced Views - Calendar View in Odoo 17Advanced Views - Calendar View in Odoo 17
Advanced Views - Calendar View in Odoo 17Celine George
 
Accessible design: Minimum effort, maximum impact
Accessible design: Minimum effort, maximum impactAccessible design: Minimum effort, maximum impact
Accessible design: Minimum effort, maximum impactdawncurless
 
Web & Social Media Analytics Previous Year Question Paper.pdf
Web & Social Media Analytics Previous Year Question Paper.pdfWeb & Social Media Analytics Previous Year Question Paper.pdf
Web & Social Media Analytics Previous Year Question Paper.pdfJayanti Pande
 
BASLIQ CURRENT LOOKBOOK LOOKBOOK(1) (1).pdf
BASLIQ CURRENT LOOKBOOK  LOOKBOOK(1) (1).pdfBASLIQ CURRENT LOOKBOOK  LOOKBOOK(1) (1).pdf
BASLIQ CURRENT LOOKBOOK LOOKBOOK(1) (1).pdfSoniaTolstoy
 
Sports & Fitness Value Added Course FY..
Sports & Fitness Value Added Course FY..Sports & Fitness Value Added Course FY..
Sports & Fitness Value Added Course FY..Disha Kariya
 

Dernier (20)

1029 - Danh muc Sach Giao Khoa 10 . pdf
1029 -  Danh muc Sach Giao Khoa 10 . pdf1029 -  Danh muc Sach Giao Khoa 10 . pdf
1029 - Danh muc Sach Giao Khoa 10 . pdf
 
SOCIAL AND HISTORICAL CONTEXT - LFTVD.pptx
SOCIAL AND HISTORICAL CONTEXT - LFTVD.pptxSOCIAL AND HISTORICAL CONTEXT - LFTVD.pptx
SOCIAL AND HISTORICAL CONTEXT - LFTVD.pptx
 
Measures of Central Tendency: Mean, Median and Mode
Measures of Central Tendency: Mean, Median and ModeMeasures of Central Tendency: Mean, Median and Mode
Measures of Central Tendency: Mean, Median and Mode
 
Paris 2024 Olympic Geographies - an activity
Paris 2024 Olympic Geographies - an activityParis 2024 Olympic Geographies - an activity
Paris 2024 Olympic Geographies - an activity
 
social pharmacy d-pharm 1st year by Pragati K. Mahajan
social pharmacy d-pharm 1st year by Pragati K. Mahajansocial pharmacy d-pharm 1st year by Pragati K. Mahajan
social pharmacy d-pharm 1st year by Pragati K. Mahajan
 
APM Welcome, APM North West Network Conference, Synergies Across Sectors
APM Welcome, APM North West Network Conference, Synergies Across SectorsAPM Welcome, APM North West Network Conference, Synergies Across Sectors
APM Welcome, APM North West Network Conference, Synergies Across Sectors
 
Mattingly "AI & Prompt Design: The Basics of Prompt Design"
Mattingly "AI & Prompt Design: The Basics of Prompt Design"Mattingly "AI & Prompt Design: The Basics of Prompt Design"
Mattingly "AI & Prompt Design: The Basics of Prompt Design"
 
INDIA QUIZ 2024 RLAC DELHI UNIVERSITY.pptx
INDIA QUIZ 2024 RLAC DELHI UNIVERSITY.pptxINDIA QUIZ 2024 RLAC DELHI UNIVERSITY.pptx
INDIA QUIZ 2024 RLAC DELHI UNIVERSITY.pptx
 
Beyond the EU: DORA and NIS 2 Directive's Global Impact
Beyond the EU: DORA and NIS 2 Directive's Global ImpactBeyond the EU: DORA and NIS 2 Directive's Global Impact
Beyond the EU: DORA and NIS 2 Directive's Global Impact
 
The Most Excellent Way | 1 Corinthians 13
The Most Excellent Way | 1 Corinthians 13The Most Excellent Way | 1 Corinthians 13
The Most Excellent Way | 1 Corinthians 13
 
General AI for Medical Educators April 2024
General AI for Medical Educators April 2024General AI for Medical Educators April 2024
General AI for Medical Educators April 2024
 
Grant Readiness 101 TechSoup and Remy Consulting
Grant Readiness 101 TechSoup and Remy ConsultingGrant Readiness 101 TechSoup and Remy Consulting
Grant Readiness 101 TechSoup and Remy Consulting
 
Activity 01 - Artificial Culture (1).pdf
Activity 01 - Artificial Culture (1).pdfActivity 01 - Artificial Culture (1).pdf
Activity 01 - Artificial Culture (1).pdf
 
Call Girls in Dwarka Mor Delhi Contact Us 9654467111
Call Girls in Dwarka Mor Delhi Contact Us 9654467111Call Girls in Dwarka Mor Delhi Contact Us 9654467111
Call Girls in Dwarka Mor Delhi Contact Us 9654467111
 
Advance Mobile Application Development class 07
Advance Mobile Application Development class 07Advance Mobile Application Development class 07
Advance Mobile Application Development class 07
 
Advanced Views - Calendar View in Odoo 17
Advanced Views - Calendar View in Odoo 17Advanced Views - Calendar View in Odoo 17
Advanced Views - Calendar View in Odoo 17
 
Accessible design: Minimum effort, maximum impact
Accessible design: Minimum effort, maximum impactAccessible design: Minimum effort, maximum impact
Accessible design: Minimum effort, maximum impact
 
Web & Social Media Analytics Previous Year Question Paper.pdf
Web & Social Media Analytics Previous Year Question Paper.pdfWeb & Social Media Analytics Previous Year Question Paper.pdf
Web & Social Media Analytics Previous Year Question Paper.pdf
 
BASLIQ CURRENT LOOKBOOK LOOKBOOK(1) (1).pdf
BASLIQ CURRENT LOOKBOOK  LOOKBOOK(1) (1).pdfBASLIQ CURRENT LOOKBOOK  LOOKBOOK(1) (1).pdf
BASLIQ CURRENT LOOKBOOK LOOKBOOK(1) (1).pdf
 
Sports & Fitness Value Added Course FY..
Sports & Fitness Value Added Course FY..Sports & Fitness Value Added Course FY..
Sports & Fitness Value Added Course FY..
 

Madina book1-notes

  • 1. ِ‫م‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ح‬َّ‫الر‬ ِ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ح‬َّ‫الر‬ ِ‫هلل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ب‬ ARIC – Arabic Class Notes Part 1 (ver. 1.1) 1 Topics Parts of Speech – English vs. Arabic Arabic Alphabets Arabic Vowel Signs Indefinite & Definite Noun Endings The Nominal Sentence Visiit ResourcesMoreforhttp://AbdurRahman.Org/
  • 2. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 1 (ver. 1.1) Revision History 2 Date Ver Author Revision Comments Mar. 1, 2010 1 Zahid Naeem Initial version Mar. 10, 2010 1.1 Zahid Naeem Multiple Corrections (e.g., ٌ‫ة‬ّ‫م‬‫د‬ to ٌ‫ة‬ّ‫م‬‫ض‬, genetive to genitive) There are no copyrights reserved for this material. You may make copies and distribute them Fi Sabilillah – ٌِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ٌال‬ِ‫يل‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫يٌس‬ِ‫ف‬ Report any errors, omissions or suggestions to arabic.aric@gmail.com
  • 3. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 1 (ver. 1.1) Parts of Speech – English vs. Arabic  English has eight parts of speech 1. Noun (A word which refers to a person, a place, or a thing, e.g. teacher, town, bus) 2. Pronoun (A word like he, they, and we used to replace a noun) 3. Adjective (A word that describes a noun, e.g. a tall man) 4. Adverb (A word that gives additional information about how, when or where an action takes place, e.g. He walked slowly, They will arrive tomorrow) 5. Interjection (A word that is independent of other words and is used as is, e.g. hello and hi) 6. Verb (The action or doing word, e.g. sleep, eat, drink) 7. Conjunction (A word joining two clauses in a sentence, e.g. and, because, but) 8. Preposition(A word used to relate a noun or pronoun to some other part, e.g. of, at)  Arabic has only three parts of speech 1. Noun ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ 2. Verbٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ 3. Particleٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ 3
  • 4. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 1 (ver. 1.1) Parts of Speech – English vs. Arabic 4 English Arabic Noun Noun ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ Pronoun Adjective Adverb Interjection Verb Verb ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ Conjunction Particle ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ Preposition
  • 5. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 1 (ver. 1.1) Arabic Alphabets  Arabic has 29 letters of alphabet  Consonants (have speech sound) : 28  Alif: serves two purposes  Elongates a consonant, e.g. ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬  Act as a bearer of ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ (hamza), e.g. ٌ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ 5 ‫ر‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫د‬ ‫خ‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ث‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬ 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ‫ف‬ ‫غ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ظ‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ش‬ ‫س‬ ‫ز‬ 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 ‫ء‬ ‫ي‬ ‫و‬ ‫ه‬ ‫ن‬ ‫م‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ق‬ 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21
  • 6. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 1 (ver. 1.1) Arabic Vowel Signs  There are 3 short vowel signs in Arabic  Fathah (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬) – denoting “a”, e.g. da (ٌَ‫د‬)  Kasrah (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫َس‬‫ك‬) – denoting “i”, e.g. di (ٌِ‫د‬)  Dummah (ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) – denoting “u”, e.g. du (ٌ‫د‬)  Absence of a vowel sign is denoted by Sukun (ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫و‬‫ك‬‫س‬), e.g. notice ٌْ‫د‬ in ٌ‫ة‬َ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫د‬َ‫م‬  Long vowels are formed by adding the associated letters to the short vowels  ٌ‫ا‬ to elongate fathah, e.g. daa (‫ا‬َ‫د‬)  ‫ي‬ to elongate kasrah, e.g. dii (‫ي‬ِ‫د‬)  ‫و‬ to elongate dummah, e.g. duu (‫و‬‫د‬) 6
  • 7. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 1 (ver. 1.1) Indefinite & Definite  Like English, Arabic nouns can be indefinite (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫َك‬‫ن‬) or definite (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬)  An indefinite noun is indicated by ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬, which doubles the vowel sign at the end of the word, e.g.  A book – ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬  A chair - ٌ‫ي‬ِ‫س‬ْ‫ر‬‫ك‬  A Definite noun is indicated by ٌْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ prefixed to the noun. This also results in eliminating the ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬ at the end of the word, e.g.  The book - ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬  The chair - ٌ‫ي‬ ِ‫س‬ْ‫ر‬‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬  ٌْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ and ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬ cannot coexist. So ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ will be incorrect  Please note many proper nouns, e.g. ٌ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬‫م‬,ٌ‫د‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫خ‬ end with ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬, but they are still definite 7
  • 8. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 1 (ver. 1.1) Noun Endings  In Arabic, nouns have different endings to show their function in a sentence  These are called noun cases (ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ش‬َّ‫ت‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬) 8 English Name Arabic Name Ending Vowel Sign Function in a sentence Examples Nominative ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫و‬‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ Dummah Subject ٌ‫الكتاب‬,ٌٌ‫كتاب‬,ٌ‫محمد‬, ٌ‫باب‬ Accusative ٌ‫ب‬ْ‫و‬‫ص‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ Fathah Object of a verb ٌَ‫الكتاب‬,ٌ‫كتابا‬,ٌ‫محمد‬,ٌٌ‫بابا‬ Genitive ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ Kasrah Possessor of a thing, or comes after a preposition or an adverb ٌِ‫الكتاب‬,ٌ‫كتاب‬,ٌ‫محمد‬,ٌ ٌ‫باب‬
  • 9. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 1 (ver. 1.1) The Nominal Sentence (ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ٌالإ‬‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬)  A sentence that starts with a noun  Has a subject (ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬‫م‬) and a predicate (ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬)  The subject is always nominative (ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫و‬‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬)  The predicate is always nominative (ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫و‬‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬), if it is one word  The subject is mostly definite (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬)  The predicate is mostly indefinite (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫َك‬‫ن‬) 9 ٌٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬‫م‬ ٌٌ‫ع‬ْ‫و‬‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ ٌٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ ٌٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌٌ‫ع‬ْ‫و‬‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ ٌٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫َك‬‫ن‬ ٌ‫د‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ٌٌج‬‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬‫س‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ٌٌٌ‫م‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ٌٌٌٌ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬
  • 10. ِ‫م‬ِ‫ي‬ِ‫ح‬َّ‫الر‬ ِ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ح‬َّ‫الر‬ ِ‫هلل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫م‬ِ‫س‬ِ‫ب‬ ARIC – Arabic Class Notes Part 2 (ver. 1) 1 Topics This (‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬) vs. That (ََ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬) Solar vs. Lunar Letters The Joining Hamza (َِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬ َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫َُا‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬) َِ‫ع‬ ْ‫َط‬‫ق‬ْ‫َُال‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ Examples from Quran ( ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ِي‬‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫َال‬‫و‬ ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ِي‬‫س‬ِ‫م‬ََّ‫ش‬‫ال‬ ُ‫ف‬ِ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫حل‬‫ا‬,ِ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ِ‫م‬َ‫ه‬,ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ِ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ ) What (‫ا‬َ‫م‬) vs. Who (َْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬) Particle of Interrogation and Answer Visiit ResourcesMoreforhttp://AbdurRahman.Org/
  • 11. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 2 (ver. 1) This (‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬) vs. That (ََ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬) 2 This is a book (َ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬َ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬) That is a door (َ‫اب‬َ‫ب‬َََ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬)  Demonstrative pronoun (َِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬ َ‫ش‬ِ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫َا‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬)  ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ : َِ‫ب‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫َل‬ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬ َ‫ش‬ِ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫َا‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬  ََ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ : َِ‫د‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫َل‬ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬ َ‫ش‬ِ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫َا‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬  Like all pronouns, these are definite  These are masculine , i.e. these are used when pointing to masculine nouns  They have feminine counterparts – will learn later  ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ and ََ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ are pronounced as ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ and ََ‫ك‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ذ‬ respectively, but are written without the alif
  • 12. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 2 (ver. 1) Solar vs. Lunar Letters (1 of 2) 3  Of 28 consonant letters, 14 letters are called solar letters ( َُ‫ف‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬ََُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ ِ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫الش‬ ) and 14 are called lunar letters ( َُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬َُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫َال‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫و‬ )  This distinction is only for pronunciation of words starting with these letters when prefixed with ‫ال‬ (the definite article)  Articulation of solar letters involves the tip of the tongue, e.g., ‫ت‬,‫س‬,‫ش‬,‫ن‬,‫ر‬  Tip of the tongue plays no role for lunar letters, e.g., ‫ب‬,‫ق‬,‫م‬,‫ك‬,‫و‬  When ‫ال‬ is prefixed to a noun beginning with a solar letter, the ‫ل‬ of the ‫ال‬ is assimilated to the solar letter, e.g., al-shamsu is pronounced as ash-shamsu  The assimilation is indicated by the shaddah on the first letter of the noun  In writing, the ‫ل‬ is not assimilated, e.g., َُ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫الش‬  No such assimilation takes place for lunar letters, e.g., al-qamaru is pronounced as al-qamaru (َُ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬)
  • 13. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 2 (ver. 1) Solar vs. Lunar Letters (2 of 2) 4 َُ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫الش‬ ‫ش‬ َُ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َّ‫ت‬‫ال‬ ‫ت‬ َُ‫ر‬ْ‫د‬ َّ‫الص‬ ‫ص‬ َُ‫ب‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ث‬‫ال‬ ‫ث‬ َُ‫ف‬ْ‫ي‬ َّ‫الض‬ ‫ض‬ َُ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬ِّ‫د‬‫ال‬ ‫د‬ َُ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬َّ‫ط‬‫ال‬ ‫ط‬ َُ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َّ‫ذ‬‫ال‬ ‫ذ‬ َُ‫ر‬ْ‫ه‬َّ‫ظ‬‫ال‬ ‫ظ‬ َُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬ ‫ر‬ َُ‫م‬ْ‫ح‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ‫ل‬ َُ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ه‬َّ‫ز‬‫ال‬ ‫ز‬ َُ‫م‬ْ‫ج‬َّ‫ن‬‫ال‬ ‫ن‬ َُ‫ك‬َ‫م‬َّ‫الس‬ ‫س‬ َُ‫م‬َ‫ف‬‫ال‬ ‫ف‬ َُ‫ب‬ّّ‫ا‬‫ال‬ َ‫ا‬ َُ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬ ‫ق‬ َُ‫اب‬َ‫الب‬ ‫ب‬ َُ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬‫ال‬ ‫ك‬ َُ‫ة‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫الج‬ ‫ج‬ َُ‫اء‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫م‬ َُ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ِ‫الح‬ ‫ح‬ َُ‫د‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬‫ال‬ ‫و‬ َُ‫ز‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫الخ‬ ‫خ‬ َُ‫اء‬َ‫و‬َ‫اله‬ ‫ه‬ َُ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ع‬‫ال‬ ‫ع‬ َُ‫د‬َ‫الي‬ ‫ي‬ َُ‫َاء‬‫د‬َ‫غ‬‫ال‬ ‫غ‬
  • 14. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 2 (ver. 1) The Joining Hamza (َِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫َُا‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬) 5  The ‫ا‬ in ‫ال‬ (the definite article) is called َِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫َُا‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬  If it is preceded by another word, it is not pronounced  E.g., َُ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ (the house) is pronounced al-baitu and َُ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫و‬ (and the house) is pronounced as wa l-baitu and not wa al-baitu  َِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫َُا‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ also appears words without the ‫ال‬, e.g.,  َ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ (name) – َِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫َال‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ب‬  َ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬ِ‫ا‬ (son) – ََ‫م‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َُ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬‫ىَا‬َ‫س‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬  To signify ‫ا‬ as َِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫َُا‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬, look for one of the following three conditions:  A symbol on alif, as  Without any or ‫ء‬ symbol on alif  Completely omitted in writing, e.g., َِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫َال‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ب‬  Both ‫ا‬ and ‫ل‬ in ‫ال‬ are not pronounced when a word starts with a solar letter and is preceded with another word  E.g., ََ‫و‬َُ‫م‬ْ‫ج‬َّ‫ن‬‫ال‬ is pronounced as wan-najmu and not wa al-najmu or wa an-najmu َ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ (Joining, uniting, attaching)
  • 15. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 2 (ver. 1) َِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫َُا‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ 6  As opposed to َِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫َُا‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ , َِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫َُا‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ is always pronounced, regardless of its position in the sentence  َِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫َُا‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ is usually written with a ‫ء‬ symbol on (or below) the Alif, as follows:  ‫أ‬  ‫إ‬  Examples:  َ‫د‬َ‫ح‬ّّ‫ا‬ (one) – َ‫د‬َ‫ح‬ّّ‫ا‬َُ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫َال‬َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬َْ‫ل‬ُ‫ق‬  َْ‫ذ‬ِ‫ا‬ (when) – َ َ‫ك‬ُّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ََ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ق‬َْ‫ذ‬ِ‫ا‬َ‫و‬... َ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ (Cutting, Discontinuing, Separating)
  • 16. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 2 (ver. 1) Examples from Quran ( َُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫ال‬َ‫َو‬ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫َالش‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬,َِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫َُا‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬,َِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫َُا‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ ) 7 ََ‫ٱ‬َ ِّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬َِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬ِ‫َُل‬‫د‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٱ‬َ‫۝‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬َ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٱ‬َِ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ح‬َّ‫ر‬‫ل‬‫ٱ‬َِ‫م‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ي‬َ ِ‫ك‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫م‬َ‫۝‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫ي‬ ِ‫ح‬َّ‫ر‬‫ل‬‫ٱ‬َ‫۝‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬ِّ‫د‬‫ل‬ َ‫۝‬ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫َس‬‫ن‬ََ‫ك‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ا‬َ‫َُو‬‫د‬ُ‫ب‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ََ‫ك‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ا‬َِ‫ٱ‬َ‫َا‬‫ن‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ه‬‫ٱ‬ََ‫اط‬َ‫ر‬ ِّ‫لص‬‫ٱ‬ََ‫اط‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫۝َص‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬ ‫ٱ‬َِ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫غ‬َْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬َ َ‫ت‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ََ‫ين‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ٱ‬َ‫ا‬َ‫ل‬َ‫َو‬ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬َ ِ‫ب‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ض‬ْ‫غ‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٱ‬َ‫۝‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬ِّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ َّ‫لض‬ Find solar letters (َُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ ِ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َّ‫َالش‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬), lunar letters (َُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫م‬َ‫ق‬‫َال‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫الح‬) and instances of َِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫َُا‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ and َِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫َُا‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬ in Surah Al-Fatiha Solar letter َِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ل‬‫َُا‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬Lunar letter َِ‫ع‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫َُا‬‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ه‬
  • 17. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 2 (ver. 1) What (‫ا‬َ‫م‬) vs. Who (َْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬) 8 ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ َْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ Meaning “What” “Who” Usage Used for irrational things (َ‫ل‬ِ‫اق‬َ‫ع‬َُ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫غ‬), e.g. non-living things, animals, plants etc. Used for rational beings (َ‫ل‬ِ‫اق‬َ‫ع‬). Three categories include humans, jinns, and angels. Example What is this? (‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ا‬َ‫م‬) Who is he? (‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬َْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬)
  • 18. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 2 (ver. 1) Particle of Interrogation and Answer 9  This is a house (َ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬)  Is this a house? (‫؟‬‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ّّ‫ا‬)  Prefixing َّّ‫ا‬ to a statement turns it into a question  Used in this context َّّ‫ا‬ is called َِ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ْ‫ف‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫َالا‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ (particle of interrogation)  ‫لا‬ means “no”  َْ‫م‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ means “yes”  ‫لا‬ and َْ‫م‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ are called َِ‫اب‬َ‫و‬َ‫َالج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ُ‫ح‬ (particles of answer)
  • 19. ِ‫م‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ح‬َّ‫الر‬ ِ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ح‬َّ‫الر‬ ِ‫هلل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ب‬ ARIC – Arabic Class Notes Part 3 (ver. 3) 1 Topics Preposition (‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬) & Genitive Case (‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬) Detached Pronoun (‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) Possessed & Possessor (ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬)
  • 20. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 3 (ver. 3) Revision History 2 Date Ver Author Revision Comments Mar. 7, 2010 1 Zahid Naeem Initial version Mar. 14, 2010 2 Zahid Naeem Added section for ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ and more description for ‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ Mar. 20, 2010 3 Zahid Naeem Added more content for َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ and ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ There are no copyrights reserved for this material. You may make copies and distribute them Fi Sabilillah – ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫إل‬ ِ‫يل‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫س‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ Report any errors, omissions or suggestions to arabic.aric@gmail.com
  • 21. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 3 (ver. 3) Preposition (‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬) & Genitive Case (‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬) 3  Literal meaning of ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ is “a particle of pulling”  Examples of preposition (‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬):  In – ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬  On – ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬  From – ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬  To – ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬  When a noun is preceded by a preposition, it is said to be in genitive case (‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬)  The house - ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫لب‬َ‫إ‬, In the house – ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫إلب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬  A house - ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬, In a house – ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬  ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫إلب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ is a ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫إلج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ (phrase) – It looks like a sentence but is not one ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫إلب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫إ‬ Same as ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫لب‬َ‫إ‬ ُ‫ت‬ got pulled to ِ‫ت‬ because of the preceding ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬
  • 22. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 3 (ver. 3) 4 More Prepositions and Examples from Quran (59:21) Had We sent down this Quran on a mountain … َ‫ن‬‫إ‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫إ‬ ‫إ‬َ‫ذ‬ٰ‫ـ‬َ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ز‬‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬ ْ‫و‬َ‫ل‬‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬‫ل‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ج‬... On ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ (96:2) He created man from a clot َ‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫نس‬ِ‫إ‬ْ‫ل‬‫إ‬ َ‫ق‬َ‫ل‬َ‫خ‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬‫ق‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ From ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ (26:50) we shall but return to our Lord ‫َّا‬‫ن‬ِ‫إ‬‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬َ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ِّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ To ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ (97:1) We have indeed revealed this (Message) in the Night of Power ُ‫ه‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫ز‬‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬ ‫َّا‬‫ن‬ِ‫إ‬‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫د‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫إ‬ ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ In ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ (2:119) And thou will not be asked about the owners of hell- fire ُ‫ل‬ّّ‫ا‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫إ‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬‫ي‬ ِ‫ح‬َ‫ج‬ْ‫ل‬‫إ‬ ِ‫اب‬َ‫ح‬ ْ‫ص‬ّّ‫إ‬ About, concerning ْ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ (2:284) To Allah belongs whatever is in the heavens and whatever is in the earth. ِ‫ل‬‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ ِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬ٰ‫م‬َّ‫إلس‬ِ‫إت‬َ‫و‬‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ِ‫ض‬ْ‫ر‬ّّ‫إ‬ْ‫ل‬‫إ‬ Belongs to, for ِ‫ل‬‫ي‬ (2:153) O ye who believe! seek help with patient perseverance and prayer; for Allah is with those who patiently persevere. ‫وإ‬ُ‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫إس‬ ‫وإ‬ُ‫ن‬َ‫م‬‫إ‬ َ‫ين‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫إ‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ُّ‫ي‬ّّ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ب‬ َّ‫الص‬ َ‫ِين‬‫ر‬ِ‫ب‬‫ا‬ َّ‫إلص‬ َ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ َ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫إل‬ َّ‫ن‬ِ‫إ‬ ۚ ِ‫ة‬‫َا‬‫ل‬ َّ‫إلص‬َ‫و‬ By, at, in ِ‫ب‬‫ي‬
  • 23. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 3 (ver. 3) Nominal Sentence with ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬ 5 Muhammad is in the mosque the mosque in Muhammad ِ‫د‬ ِ‫ج‬ْ‫س‬َ‫م‬‫إل‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫إ‬‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ‫َإ‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫إلج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ It is on a table a table on It ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫إ‬‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ‫َإ‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ٌّ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ج‬‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫إلج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬
  • 24. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 3 (ver. 3) Detached Pronoun (‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) 6 3rd Person Masculine Singular He, It َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ‫ب‬ِ‫ي‬‫ا‬َ‫غ‬ “Dual” They (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬ Plural They ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ Feminine Singular She, It َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬“Dual” They (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬ Plural They َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ 2nd person Masculine Singular You َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬ ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ‫ب‬َ‫ط‬‫ا‬َ‫خ‬ُ‫م‬ “Dual” You (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬ Plural You (>2) ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬ ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ Feminine Singular You ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬ ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬“Dual” You (2) ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ث‬ُ‫م‬ Plural You (>2) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬ ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬ 1st person Masc. & Fem. Singular I ‫َا‬‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬ ‫د‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬َ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ Plural We ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬
  • 25. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 3 (ver. 3) Detached Pronoun (‫ل‬ِ‫َص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬) 7 َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ َ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ّّ‫إ‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬  Are never attached with any other word  Are always ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ (definite)  Are considered ‫ع‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ (nominative case), even though most of them do not have a ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬ (dummah) ending  Are fixed in their case, i.e. their ending does not change  In Arabic such nouns are called ٌّ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫م‬ (fixed)
  • 26. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 3 (ver. 3) 8 ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ – Possessed & Possessor ‫َال‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ (of) Bilal book Bilal’s book ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫إ‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ (of) the teacher table The teacher’s table  Used to convey a “possession” relationship between two nouns  Also referred to as ُ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬‫ا‬ َ‫ض‬ِ‫لإ‬َ‫إ‬ (Al-Idaafatu)  English uses “of” or “’s” for such relationship, e.g. Book of Bilal or Bilal’s book  Made up of two parts:  Possessed (or possession) – ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬  Possessor – ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ Possessed - ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬  Can take any case ending, as the need be  Never takes ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬ (tanwin) or ‫إل‬ (the definite article)  Is ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ (definite) by position Possessor - ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬  Is always ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ (genitive case)  Can take ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬ (tanwin) or ‫إل‬ (the definite article)  Can be ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫َك‬‫ن‬ (indefinite) or ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ (definite)
  • 27. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 3 (ver. 3) Definite vs. indefinite ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ Different case endings for ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ Noun after َّ‫ن‬ِ‫إ‬ is always ‫ب‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ 9 Examples of Valid ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫إ‬ ِ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ (of) the teacher table on On the teacher’s table ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫إ‬ َ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ َّ‫ن‬ِ‫إ‬ (of) the teacher table Verily Verily the teacher’s table ِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫إ‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ (of) the teacher table The teacher’s table ‫ب‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ‫ع‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ِ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬َّ‫ط‬‫إل‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ (of) the student book The student’s book ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ط‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ (of) a student book A student’s book ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫م‬ ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫ك‬َ‫ن‬
  • 28. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 3 (ver. 3) 10 Incorrect vs. Correct ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ‫َال‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ cannot have ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫و‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ت‬ ‫َال‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫إلك‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ cannot have ‫إل‬ ‫َال‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ cannot be ‫ع‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬ ‫َال‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ‫َال‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ cannot be ‫ب‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬
  • 29. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 3 (ver. 3) 11 More on ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ Whose book? (of) who book ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ Even though ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ is ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ , it does not have ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫َس‬‫ك‬ (kasrah) ending, because it is ٌّ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫م‬ (indeclinable). Other similar examples:  ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫م‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬ (Whose pen?)  ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬ِ‫ٱ‬ (Whose son?) Mosque of Allah’s Prophet (of) Allah (of the) prophet mosque ‫إلل‬ِ‫ه‬ ِ‫ول‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ ُ‫د‬ ِ‫ج‬ْ‫س‬َ‫م‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ Notice two sets of ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬. ِ‫ول‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ is ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ in ُ‫د‬ ِ‫ج‬ْ‫س‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ول‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ and it is ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ in ِ‫ه‬‫إلل‬ ِ‫ول‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬.
  • 30. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 3 (ver. 3) 12 Examples from Quran - ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ (110:1) When comes the help of Allah … َ‫اء‬َ‫ج‬ ‫إ‬َ‫ذ‬ِ‫إ‬‫إلل‬ ُ‫ر‬ ْ‫َص‬‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬ (114: 1) Say: I seek refuge in the Lord of mankind ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫ذ‬‫و‬ُ‫ع‬ّّ‫إ‬ ْ‫ل‬ُ‫ق‬ِ‫س‬‫ا‬َّ‫ن‬‫إل‬ ِّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ (24:35) Allah is the light of the heavens and the earth ‫لل‬َ‫إ‬ُ‫ه‬ٰ‫م‬َّ‫إلس‬ ُ‫ر‬‫ُو‬‫ن‬ِ‫إت‬َ‫و‬ِ‫ض‬ْ‫ر‬ّّ‫إ‬ْ‫ل‬‫إ‬َ‫و‬ (7:73) This is the she camel of Allah ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬‫إلل‬ ُ‫ة‬َ‫ق‬‫َا‬‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬ (48:29) Muhammad is the Messenger of Allah ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬‫إلل‬ ُ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫ه‬ (6:127) For them is the home of safety ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫م‬َ‫ا‬‫ل‬َّ‫إلس‬ ُ‫ر‬‫إ‬َ‫د‬ (40:55 & 77) Therefore have patience (O Muhammad). Lo (surely, certainly)! The promise of Allah is true َّ‫ن‬ِ‫إ‬ ْ‫ر‬ِ‫ب‬ ْ‫اص‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫إل‬ َ‫د‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫و‬ٌّ‫ق‬َ‫ح‬
  • 31. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 3 (ver. 3) Nominal Sentences with ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ 13 Muhammad is the Messenger of Allah (of) Allah Messenger Muhammad ِ‫ه‬‫إلل‬ ُ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ ،ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ،ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫ج‬ْ‫ل‬‫إ‬ ُ‫ظ‬ْ‫ف‬َ‫ل‬‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫و‬ ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ‫َإ‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ The student’s pen is broken broken (of) the student pen ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫س‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ ِ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬َّ‫ط‬‫إل‬ ُ‫م‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ق‬ ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫إ‬ ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ‫َإ‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬َ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫و‬‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬
  • 32. ِ‫م‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ح‬َّ‫الر‬ ِ‫ن‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ح‬َّ‫الر‬ ِ‫هلل‬‫ا‬ ِ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ب‬ ARIC – Arabic Class Notes Part 4 (ver. 5) 1 TopicsTopics Gender Introduction Substitute (ٌ‫َل‬‫د‬َ‫ب‬) Adverb (ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬) Adjective (ٌ‫َعت‬‫ن‬) The Relative Pronoun (ٌُ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬) The Past Tense Verb (‫ي‬ِ‫اض‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ال‬)
  • 33. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) Revision History 2 Date Ver Author Revision Comments Mar. 27, 2010 1 Zahid Naeem Initial version Apr. 4, 2010 2 Zahid Naeem Added Substitute and Adverb slides Apr. 10, 2010 3 Zahid Naeem Added Adjective slides Apr. 24, 2010 4 Zahid Naeem Added more slides for Adjective and the Past Tense Verb May 1, 2010 5 Zahid Naeem Added slides for The Relative Pronoun ٌِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ٌال‬ِ‫يل‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫يٌس‬ِ‫ف‬There are no copyrights reserved for this material. You may make copies and distribute them Fi Sabilillah – ٌِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ٌال‬ِ‫يل‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫يٌس‬ِ‫ف‬ Report any errors, omissions or suggestions to arabic.aric@gmail.com
  • 34. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) Gender Introduction 3  All nouns in Arabic are either masculine or feminine ٌ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫ب‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫ب‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫خ‬ّْ‫ا‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫خ‬ّْ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬ِ‫ا‬ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬ِ‫ا‬ ٌ‫خ‬ّّ‫ا‬ٌ‫خ‬ّّ‫ا‬ ٌُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ٌُ‫ة‬َ‫ز‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ Usually a masculine noun can be changed to feminine, by: 1. Adding a ‫ة‬(closed ta – ٌُ‫ة‬َ‫ط‬‫و‬ُ‫ب‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫اء‬َّ‫ت‬‫ال‬) at the end and, 2. Putting a ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬ (fathah) on the letter before ‫ة‬ Not all feminine nouns have a ‫ة‬or ‫ت‬ ending Not all nouns ending with ‫ة‬ or ‫ت‬ are feminine ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ Two feminine nouns with a ‫ت‬(open ta – ٌُ‫ة‬َ‫وح‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ف‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫اء‬َّ‫ت‬‫ال‬) ending ٌ‫م‬ّْ‫ا‬ٌ‫م‬ّْ‫ا‬ ٌ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ش‬ٌ‫س‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ش‬
  • 35. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) ٌِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ٌَ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬Feminine: This (ٌِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬) vs. That (ٌَ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬) 4  ٌِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ is pronounced as ٌِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫ه‬ but is written without the alif ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ز‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ٌِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ٌِ‫ب‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ر‬َ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ٌل‬ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ش‬ِ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٌا‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ ٌَ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ ٌَ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬ ٌِ‫د‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ع‬َ‫ب‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ٌل‬ِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ش‬ِ‫ا‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٌا‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ This is a watch (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ٌٌس‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬)This is a watch (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ع‬‫ا‬َ‫ٌٌس‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬) That is a car (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫كٌٌَس‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬)That is a car (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َ‫كٌٌَس‬ْ‫ل‬ِ‫ت‬)
  • 36. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) Gender of Body Members 5 ٌ‫س‬ْ‫ا‬َ‫ر‬ (head) ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ (nose) ٌ‫ه‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫ه‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫و‬ (face) ٌ‫م‬َ‫ف‬ٌ‫م‬َ‫ف‬ (mouth) ٌ‫د‬َ‫ي‬ٌ‫د‬َ‫ي‬ (hand) ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ع‬ٌ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ع‬ (eye) ٌ‫ن‬ُ‫ذ‬ّْ‫ا‬ٌ‫ن‬ُ‫ذ‬ّْ‫ا‬ (ear) ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ِج‬‫ر‬ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ِج‬‫ر‬ (leg) Double members are usually feminine Single members are usually masculine
  • 37. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) Gender and Nominal Sentence 6  Gender of ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ and ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ must be the same ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬َ‫ز‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬َ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫د‬َّ‫م‬َ‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ٌٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ط‬ ٌُ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫اط‬َ‫ف‬ٌٌ‫ة‬َ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ط‬ ٌُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫لك‬َ‫ا‬ٌٌ‫يد‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌُ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ي‬َّ‫لس‬َ‫ا‬ٌٌ‫َة‬‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ٌٌ‫يك‬ِ‫د‬ ٌِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ٌٌ‫ة‬َ‫اج‬َ‫ج‬َ‫د‬ ٌَ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ٌٌ‫اب‬َ‫ب‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ذ‬ِ‫َاف‬‫ن‬ٌ َ‫لك‬ِ‫ت‬
  • 38. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) ٌ‫يد‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌُ‫يت‬َ‫الب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ (is) new The house This This house This house is new ٌ‫َل‬‫د‬َ‫ب‬Substitute - ٌ‫َل‬‫د‬َ‫ب‬ 7 ٌ‫يد‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ٌ‫يد‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌُ‫يت‬َ‫الب‬ This is new ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ The house is new ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫َل‬‫د‬َ‫ب‬ ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ A substitute (ٌ‫َل‬‫د‬َ‫ب‬) is a definite noun (ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ِ‫ر‬‫ع‬َ‫م‬ٌ‫سم‬ِ‫ا‬) following a demonstrative pronoun (ٌِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬‫ا‬َ‫ش‬ ِ‫ٌالا‬ُ‫م‬‫س‬ِ‫ا‬)
  • 39. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬Adverb - ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬ Examples of Adverb of Place (ٌِ‫ان‬َ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٌا‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬Examples of Adverb of Place (ٌِ‫ان‬َ‫ك‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٌا‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬)  ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬ is a noun that indicates the place or time  ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬ acts like a ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ , so the noun following it is ٌ‫اف‬ َ‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ٌِ‫ه‬‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬  ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬ can never be a ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ (subject), even if the sentence starts with it ٌَ‫ت‬ْ‫ح‬َ‫ت‬ (under)ٌَ‫ت‬ْ‫ح‬َ‫ت‬ (under) ٌَ‫ف‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫خ‬ (behind)ٌَ‫ف‬ْ‫ل‬َ‫خ‬ (behind) ٌَ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ّّ‫ا‬ٌَ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ّّ‫ا‬ (in front) Examples of Adverb of Time (ٌِ‫ان‬َ‫م‬َّ‫ز‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٌا‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬Examples of Adverb of Time (ٌِ‫ان‬َ‫م‬َّ‫ز‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٌا‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬) ٌَ‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ (there)ٌَ‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ (there) ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ (here)‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ (here) ٌَ‫ق‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ف‬ (over)ٌَ‫ق‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ف‬ (over) ٌَ‫م‬‫و‬َ‫الي‬ٌَ‫م‬‫و‬َ‫الي‬ (today) ٌَ‫رب‬ُ‫ق‬ (near)ٌَ‫رب‬ُ‫ق‬ (near) ٌَ‫ين‬َ‫ب‬ (between)ٌَ‫ين‬َ‫ب‬ (between) ٌ‫دا‬َ‫غ‬ (tomorrow)ٌ‫دا‬َ‫غ‬ (tomorrow)ٌِ‫س‬‫م‬ّّ‫ا‬ (yesterday)ٌِ‫س‬‫م‬ّّ‫ا‬ (yesterday) ٌ‫يلا‬َ‫ل‬ٌ‫يلا‬َ‫ل‬ (night) ٌ‫اح‬َ‫ب‬ َ‫ص‬ (morning)ٌ‫اح‬َ‫ب‬ َ‫ص‬ (morning) ٌ‫اء‬َ‫س‬َ‫م‬ٌ‫اء‬َ‫س‬َ‫م‬ (evening)ٌ‫هرا‬ُ‫ظ‬ٌ‫هرا‬ُ‫ظ‬ (noon)
  • 40. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) Examples from Quran - ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ظ‬ 9 (16:88) Those who disbelieved and averted [others] from the way of Allah - We will increase them in punishment over [their] punishment for what corruption they were causing. ٌ‫ا‬‫اب‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ع‬ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬‫َا‬‫ن‬ْ‫د‬ِ‫ز‬ٌِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ٌال‬ِ‫يل‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫نٌس‬َ‫ع‬ٌ‫ُّوا‬‫د‬ َ‫ص‬َ‫واٌو‬ُ‫َر‬‫ف‬َ‫ك‬ٌَ‫ين‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ٌَ‫ق‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ف‬ٌ ‫ٌٌَ﴿النحل‬‫ن‬‫ُو‬‫د‬ِ‫س‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫ي‬ٌ‫ُوا‬‫ن‬‫َا‬‫ك‬ٌ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ب‬ٌ ِ‫اب‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ع‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬:٨٨﴾ (48:18) Allah was pleased with the believers when they swore allegiance to you under the tree and He knew what was in their hearts. Therefore, He sent down tranquility upon them and rewarded them with a victory close by. ٌ َ‫َك‬‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ع‬ِ‫ي‬‫ا‬َ‫ب‬ُ‫ي‬ٌْ‫ذ‬ِ‫ٌا‬َ‫ين‬ِ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٌا‬ِ‫ن‬َ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ٌال‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫ض‬َ‫ر‬ٌْ‫د‬َ‫ق‬َّ‫ل‬ٌَ‫ت‬ْ‫ح‬َ‫ت‬ٌٌِ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ج‬َّ‫الش‬ ٌ‫ا‬‫ِيب‬‫ر‬َ‫ق‬ٌ‫ا‬‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ب‬‫َا‬‫ث‬ّّ‫ا‬َ‫ٌو‬ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ٌَ‫ة‬َ‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ك‬َّ‫ٌالس‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ز‬‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬َ‫ف‬ٌْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬‫و‬ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ق‬ٌ‫ي‬ِ‫اٌف‬َ‫م‬ٌَ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ف‬ ٌ‫﴿الفتح‬:١٨﴾ (4:159) And there is none from the People of the Scripture but that he will surely believe in Jesus before his death. And on the Day of Resurrection he will be against them a witness. ٌٌِۖ‫ه‬ِ‫ت‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬ٌَ‫ل‬ْ‫ب‬َ‫ق‬ٌِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ٌَّ‫ن‬َ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫ؤ‬ُ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ٌ‫ا‬َّ‫ل‬ِ‫ٌا‬ ِ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٌِا‬‫ل‬ْ‫ه‬ّّ‫ا‬ٌْ‫ن‬ِّ‫م‬ٌ‫ن‬ِ‫ا‬َ‫و‬ٌَ‫م‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ي‬َ‫و‬ٌٌِ‫ة‬َ‫م‬‫ا‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ‫اٌٌ﴿النساء‬‫يد‬ِ‫ه‬َ‫ٌش‬ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ٌُ‫ن‬‫و‬ُ‫ك‬َ‫ي‬:١٥٩﴾ (18:23-24) And never say of anything, "Indeed, I will do that tomorrow," . Except [when adding], "If Allah wills." And remember your Lord when you forget [it] and say, "Perhaps my Lord will guide me to what is nearer than this to right conduct." ٌ َ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬ََٰ‫ذ‬ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ٌ‫ِّي‬‫ن‬ِ‫ٌا‬ٍ‫ء‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ش‬ِ‫ٌل‬َّ‫ن‬َ‫ل‬‫ُو‬‫ق‬َ‫ت‬ٌ‫ا‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬‫ا‬‫د‬َ‫غ‬ٌٌ‫﴿الكهف‬:٢٣ٌ‫ا‬َّ‫ل‬ِ‫﴾ٌا‬ ٌِ‫ن‬َ‫ي‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ه‬َ‫ي‬ٌ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ٌٰ‫ى‬َ‫س‬َ‫ع‬ٌْ‫ل‬ُ‫ق‬َ‫ٌو‬ َ‫يت‬ ِ‫َس‬‫ن‬ٌ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬ِ‫ٌا‬ َ‫ك‬َّ‫ب‬َّ‫ر‬ٌ‫ُر‬‫ك‬ْ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫ٌۚو‬ٌُ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ٌال‬َ‫اء‬َ‫ش‬َ‫ي‬ٌ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ ‫اٌٌ﴿الكهف‬‫د‬َ‫ش‬َ‫ر‬ٌ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َٰ‫ـ‬َ‫ه‬ٌْ‫ن‬ِ‫ٌم‬ َ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ق‬ّّ‫ا‬ِ‫يٌل‬ِّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬:٢٤﴾ (2:285) All of them have believed in Allah and His angels and His books and His messengers, [saying], "We make no distinction between any of His messengers." And they say, "We hear and we obey. [We seek] Your forgiveness, our Lord, and to You is the [final] destination." ٌُ‫ق‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫ف‬ُ‫ن‬ٌ‫ا‬َ‫ل‬ٌِ‫ه‬ِ‫ل‬ُ‫س‬ُ‫ر‬َ‫ٌو‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ُ‫ت‬ُ‫ك‬َ‫ٌو‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ك‬ِ‫ئ‬‫َا‬‫ل‬َ‫م‬َ‫ٌو‬ِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ِ‫ب‬ٌَ‫ن‬َ‫م‬‫ٌا‬‫ُل‬‫ك‬ٌَ‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ب‬ٌٌ‫ن‬ِّ‫م‬ٌٍ‫د‬َ‫ح‬ّّ‫ا‬ ٌٌُ‫ير‬ِ‫ص‬َ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٌا‬ َ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬َ‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬َ‫اٌو‬َ‫ن‬َّ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬ٌ َ‫َك‬‫ن‬‫ا‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫غ‬ٌٌۖ‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ط‬ّّ‫ا‬َ‫اٌو‬َ‫ن‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫واٌس‬ُ‫ل‬‫ا‬َ‫ق‬َ‫ٌۚو‬ٌِ‫ه‬ِ‫ل‬ُ‫س‬ُّ‫ر‬ ‫﴿البقرة‬:٢٨٥﴾
  • 41. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬Adjective - ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬  In Arabic the ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ (adjective) comes after the ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬.  In English, the adjective comes before the noun it qualifies A new house ٌ‫يد‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫يت‬َ‫ب‬ A noun that describes or qualifies another noun is called ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ (adjective) The noun being described or qualified is called ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ A house ٌ‫يت‬َ‫ب‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ is also called ٌ‫َة‬‫ف‬ِ‫ص‬ Adjective = ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ = ٌ‫َة‬‫ف‬ِ‫ص‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ is also called ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬ Noun Qualified = ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ = ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬
  • 42. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬Agreements between ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ and ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬  ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ and ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ should be in agreement in the following: This is a small boy ٌ‫ير‬ِ‫غ‬ َ‫ص‬ ٌ‫د‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ This is a small girl ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ير‬ِ‫غ‬ َ‫ص‬ ٌ‫نت‬ِ‫ب‬ ٌِ‫ه‬ِ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬Gender 1 The new teacher is in the class ٌِ‫َصل‬‫ف‬‫ال‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ٌُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ٌُ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬ Bilal is a new teacher ٌ‫يد‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫َال‬‫ل‬ِ‫ب‬ Indefinite vs. definite Indefinite vs. definite 2 I am in a new house ٌٍ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌٍ‫يت‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫نا‬ّّ‫ا‬ This is a new house ٌ‫يد‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫يت‬َ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬Case 3 That is a new student ٌ‫يد‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ال‬َ‫ط‬ ٌَ‫ك‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ذ‬ Those are new students ٌ‫ُد‬‫د‬ُ‫ج‬ ٌ‫َّاب‬‫ل‬ُ‫ط‬ ٌَ‫ك‬ِ‫ئ‬َ‫ل‬‫و‬ّْ‫ا‬Number 4 ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬
  • 43. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) 12 ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫ٌو‬‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬Nominal Sentence with ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫ٌو‬‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ The broken chair is in the room ٌِ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫غ‬‫ال‬ ٌ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ٌُ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫س‬ْ‫ك‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ٌُّ‫ي‬ ِ‫س‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫ك‬‫ال‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ٌٌ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ٌج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫،ٌخ‬ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ٌالج‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫،ٌش‬‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ٌَ‫ٌو‬‫ار‬َ‫ج‬ The sparrow is a small bird ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫غ‬ َ‫ص‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ئ‬‫ا‬َ‫ط‬ ٌُ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ ْ‫ص‬ُ‫ع‬‫ال‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ I am in the secondary school ٌِ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫و‬َ‫ن‬‫َّا‬‫ث‬‫ال‬ ٌِ‫ة‬َ‫س‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫د‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ٌ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ٌج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬ ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫،ٌخ‬ِ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ٌالج‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫،ٌش‬‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬َ‫م‬ٌَ‫ٌو‬‫ار‬َ‫ج‬
  • 44. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) 13 ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫ٌو‬‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬References from Quran - ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫ٌو‬‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ (5:15) Undoubtedly, there has to come to you from Allah light and a luminous Book. ٌَ‫ٌو‬‫ُور‬‫ن‬ٌِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ٌال‬َ‫ن‬ِّ‫م‬ٌ‫ُم‬‫ك‬َ‫اء‬َ‫ٌج‬ْ‫د‬َ‫ق‬ٌ‫ين‬ِ‫ب‬ُّ‫م‬ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬‫﴿اسورةٌالمائدة‬:١٥﴾ (68:4) And undoubtedly, you possess excellent manners. ٌٰ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬َ‫ل‬ٌ َ‫َّك‬‫ن‬ِ‫ا‬َ‫و‬ٌٍ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ظ‬َ‫ع‬ٌٍ‫ق‬ُ‫ل‬ُ‫خ‬‫﴿سورةٌالقلم‬:٤﴾ (44:17) and an honourable Messenger came to them. ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫اء‬َ‫ج‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫ِيم‬‫ر‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ول‬ُ‫س‬َ‫ر‬‫﴿اسورةٌالدخان‬:١٧﴾ (1:6) Guide us in the straight path. ٌ‫َا‬‫ن‬ِ‫د‬ْ‫ه‬‫ا‬ٌَ‫م‬‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ٌا‬َ‫اط‬َ‫ر‬ ِّ‫الص‬﴾﴿﴿‫سورةٌالفاتحة‬:٦﴾ (45:10) And for them is a great torment. ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َ‫ل‬َ‫و‬ٌ‫يم‬ِ‫ظ‬َ‫ع‬ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ع‬﴿‫سورةٌالجاثية‬:١٠﴾ (8:274) For them is forgiveness and honourable provision. ٌَ‫ٌو‬‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ِ‫ف‬ْ‫غ‬َّ‫م‬ٌ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬ٌ‫ِيم‬‫ر‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ق‬ْ‫ز‬ِ‫ر‬ٌ‫نفال‬‫﴿سورةٌالا‬:٧٤﴾ (61:13) help from Allah and a near victory ‫﴿سورةٌالصف‬:١٣﴾ ٌِ‫ه‬‫ـ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ٌال‬َ‫ن‬ِّ‫م‬ٌ‫ر‬ ْ‫َص‬‫ن‬ٌ‫ِيب‬‫ر‬َ‫ق‬ٌ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬َ‫و‬ٌۗ
  • 45. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) 14 ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬Where is the ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬? ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫ه‬َ‫س‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫غ‬ُ‫ل‬ ٌُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ع‬‫ال‬ The Arabic is an easy language ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫ٌو‬‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ل‬ْ‫ه‬َ‫س‬ ٌُ‫ة‬َّ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ر‬َ‫ع‬‫ال‬ ٌُ‫ة‬َ‫غ‬ُّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ The Arabic language is easy ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌٌٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬  Exercise  Make two additional sets of sentences on the above pattern. Write their meaning and the analysis, as shown above.
  • 46. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) 15 ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ or not A new book ٌ‫يد‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ The new book is heavy ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ث‬ ٌُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ٌُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬‫ال‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ٌ‫و‬ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬ The book is new ٌ‫يد‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫الك‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ This book is new ٌ‫يد‬ِ‫د‬َ‫ج‬ ٌ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫الك‬ ٌ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫َل‬‫د‬َ‫ب‬ ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ This new book is heavy ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬َ‫ث‬ ٌُ‫د‬‫ي‬ِ‫د‬َ‫الج‬ ٌ ُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬‫ال‬ ‫ا‬َ‫ذ‬َ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫ٌو‬‫َل‬‫د‬َ‫ب‬ ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ Abbas is a merchant ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ٌ‫اس‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ع‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ 11 22 33 44 55 66  Exercise  Make two additional sets of sentences on the above pattern. Write their meaning and the analysis, as shown above.
  • 47. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) 16 ٌُ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬The Relative Pronoun - ٌُ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬  ‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ is called the relative pronoun (ٌُ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬)  It is translated as:  “Who” – for all rational beings  “Which” – for all irrational beings and things  It is used for masculine singular. Feminine and plural will come later  It is always followed by a description, which is known as ٌِ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬ The man, who left the room, is a merchant ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ٌِ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫غ‬‫ال‬ ٌَ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ٌَ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ٌُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬ ٌِ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬ ٌُ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬ The book, which is on the table, belongs to the teacher ٌِ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫د‬ُ‫م‬‫ل‬ِ‫ل‬ ٌِ‫ب‬َ‫ت‬‫ك‬َ‫م‬‫ال‬ ‫ى‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ع‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ٌُ‫اب‬َ‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬‫ال‬ ٌِ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬ ٌُ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬
  • 48. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) 17 ‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ٌ‫َعت‬‫ن‬‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ as ٌ‫َعت‬‫ن‬ The man, who left the room, is a merchant ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ٌِ‫ة‬َ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬ُ‫غ‬‫ال‬ ٌَ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ٌَ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ذ‬َّ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ٌُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌِ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫ة‬َّ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬ ٌ‫َعت‬‫ن‬َ‫ٌو‬ُ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫و‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫الا‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌٌٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ The man is a merchant ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ٌُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ The tall man is a merchant ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬َ‫ت‬ ٌُ‫ل‬‫ِي‬‫و‬َّ‫ط‬‫ال‬ ٌُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬ ٌ‫ر‬َ‫ب‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ت‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ن‬ ٌ‫وت‬ُ‫ع‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫م‬َ‫و‬ ٌٌٌ‫َا‬‫د‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬
  • 49. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) 18 The Past Tense Verb (‫ي‬ِ‫اض‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ال‬)The Past Tense Verb (‫ي‬ِ‫اض‬َ‫م‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬‫ال‬)  Verb = Action = ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬  Doer = Subject = ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬  Base form of all Arabic verbs is in the past tense (ٌٍ‫ض‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬)  The base form of the verb always corresponds to the 3rd person singular masculine pronoun, i.e. he (ٌَ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬)  The doer of the action (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬) is hidden (ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬ْ‫س‬ُ‫م‬) within the base form of the verb (ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬). Notice the hidden “he” in ٌَ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ٌَ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬(He left) ٌَ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬
  • 50. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) 19 Anatomy of The Past Tense Verb  Almost all Arabic verbs can be traced back to a three letter verb. The remaining few exceptions are traced to a four letter verb.  To understand their structure, the three letter verbs are defined on the pattern of ‫فعل‬ as follows. ٌَ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬(He left) ٌَ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌَ‫ج‬ ٌَ‫ر‬ ٌَ‫خ‬ ‫فعل‬‫فعل‬‫ل‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ف‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ف‬ (1st radical) ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ع‬ (2nd radical) ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ل‬ (3rd radical)
  • 51. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) 20 Anatomy of The Past Tense Verb  In the base form for all 3 letter past tense verbs:  ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ف‬ and ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ل‬ always have a ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬  ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ع‬ can have a ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬ َ‫ض‬, ٌ‫ة‬َ‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬َ‫ف‬, orٌ‫ة‬َ‫ر‬ْ‫َس‬‫ك‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ل‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ع‬ ٌ‫ة‬َ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ك‬ٌ‫ف‬ Meaning ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ ٌَ‫ب‬ ٌَ‫ه‬ ٌَ‫ذ‬ He left ٌَ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ ٌَ‫س‬ ٌَ‫ل‬ ٌَ‫ج‬ He sat ٌَ‫س‬َ‫ل‬َ‫ج‬ ٌَ‫ر‬ ٌَ‫ص‬ ٌَ‫ن‬ He helped ٌَ‫ر‬ َ‫َص‬‫ن‬ ٌَ‫ع‬ ٌِ‫م‬ ٌَ‫س‬ He heard ٌَ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ ٌَ‫م‬ ٌُ‫ر‬ ٌَ‫ك‬ He became noble ٌَ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬
  • 52. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) 21 Conjugation of The Past Tense Verb ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ Suffix ٌَ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ ٌَ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ He ٌَ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌْ‫ا‬ ٌْ‫ا‬ ٌْ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (2) ٌُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ٌْ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2) ٌْ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ ٌْ‫ت‬ ٌَ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ She ٌَ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌْ‫ا‬ ٌْ‫ا‬ ٌْ‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (2) ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌَ‫ن‬ ٌَ‫ن‬ ٌَ‫ن‬ ٌَّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2) ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌَ‫ت‬ ٌَ‫ت‬ ٌَ‫ت‬ ٌَ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ You ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ You (2) ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ You (>2) ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌِ‫ت‬ ٌِ‫ت‬ ٌِ‫ت‬ ٌِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ You ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ You (2) ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌَّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌَّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌَّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌَّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ You (>2) ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌُ‫ت‬ ٌُ‫ت‬ ٌُ‫ت‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ I ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ٌُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ We All ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ in this group are either ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ or have a sukun on them, so this group is called ٌ‫ن‬ِ‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫س‬ All ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ in this group have some vowel sign on them so this group is called ٌ‫ك‬ِّ‫ر‬َ‫ح‬َ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ This alif is called ٌِ‫ة‬َ‫ي‬‫ا‬َ‫ق‬ِ‫و‬‫ٌال‬ ُ‫ف‬ِ‫ل‬ّّ‫ا‬ (alif of protection). It protects the ‫و‬ from being mistaken for the conjunction ‫و‬ (and). It is written but not pronounced This is ٌِ‫ث‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬‫ا‬َّ‫ت‬‫ٌال‬ُ‫اء‬َ‫ت‬(ta of feminine)
  • 53. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 4 (ver. 5) 22 Conjugation of The Past Tense Verb Examples ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫اع‬َ‫ف‬ Suffix ٌَ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ ٌَ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ ٌَ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ ٌَ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ ٌَ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ He ٌَ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ٌْ‫ا‬ ٌَ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ٌْ‫ا‬ ٌَ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ٌْ‫ا‬ ٌَ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌْ‫ا‬ ٌْ‫ا‬ ٌْ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (2) ٌُ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ٌْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ٌُ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ٌْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ٌُ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ٌْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ٌُ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ٌْ‫و‬ ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2) ٌْ‫ت‬َ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ ٌْ‫ت‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ ٌْ‫ت‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ ٌْ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫ت‬َ‫ت‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ ٌْ‫ت‬ ٌَ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ She ٌَ‫ت‬َ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ٌْ‫ا‬ ٌَ‫ت‬َ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ٌْ‫ا‬ ٌَ‫ت‬َ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ٌْ‫ا‬ ٌَ‫ت‬َ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌْ‫ا‬ ٌْ‫ا‬ ٌْ‫ا‬َ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ They (2) ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ٌَ‫ن‬ ٌْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ٌَ‫ن‬ ٌْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ٌَ‫ن‬ ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌَ‫ن‬ ٌَ‫ن‬ ٌَ‫ن‬ ٌَّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ They (>2) ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ٌَ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ٌَ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ٌَ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌَ‫ت‬ ٌَ‫ت‬ ٌَ‫ت‬ ٌَ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ You ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ You (2) ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ You (>2) ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ٌِ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ٌِ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ٌِ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌِ‫ت‬ ٌِ‫ت‬ ٌِ‫ت‬ ٌِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ You ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬َ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ You (2) ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ٌَّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ٌَّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ٌَّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌَّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌَّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌَّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ ٌَّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ You (>2) ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬ٌُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬ٌُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬ٌُ‫ت‬ ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬ٌُ‫ت‬ ٌُ‫ت‬ ٌُ‫ت‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ّّ‫ا‬ I ٌْ‫م‬ُ‫َر‬‫ك‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ٌْ‫ع‬ِ‫م‬َ‫س‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ٌْ‫ب‬َ‫ه‬َ‫ذ‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ٌْ‫ج‬َ‫ر‬َ‫خ‬‫ا‬َ‫ن‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ‫َا‬‫ن‬ ٌُ‫ن‬ْ‫َح‬‫ن‬ We
  • 54. ِ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ِ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ب‬‫م‬ْ‫ح‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫م‬ْ‫ي‬ ِ‫ح‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬ ِ‫ن‬ ARIC – Arabic Class Notes Part 5 (ver. 7) 1 TopicsTopics Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬) Early Predicate and Late Subject ( ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ا‬‫د‬‫بت‬ُ‫م‬‫و‬ ٌ‫م‬َّ‫د‬‫ق‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ب‬‫خ‬) Plural (ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬) Numbers (ٌ‫د‬‫ا‬‫عد‬َ‫ا‬) Diptotes ( ِ‫رف‬ َّ‫الص‬ ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ن‬‫م‬‫الم‬) Types of khabar (ِ‫ر‬‫ب‬‫الخ‬ ُ‫ع‬‫ا‬‫نو‬َ‫ا‬)
  • 55. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 5 (ver. 8) Revision History 2 Date Ver Author Revision Comments Apr. 24, 2010 1 Zahid Naeem Initial version May 1, 2010 2 Zahid Naeem Added more notes on Attached Pronoun May 8, 2010 3 Zahid Naeem Added Early Predicate and Late Subject ( ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ا‬‫د‬‫بت‬ُ‫م‬‫و‬ ٌ‫م‬َّ‫د‬‫ق‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ب‬‫خ‬) May 15, 2010 4 Zahid Naeem Added Plural (ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬َ‫ج‬) slides Jun. 19, 2010 5 Zahid Naeem Added a slide for plurals of irrationals and adjective for muda’f vs. muda’f ilaihi Jun. 26, 2010 6 Zahid Naeem Added slides for Numbers (ٌ‫د‬‫ا‬‫عد‬َ‫ا‬) Jul. 10, 2010 7 Zahid Naeem Added slides for singular, dual and plural case endings, grammatical analysis & Diptotes Jul. 24, 2010 8 Zahid Naeem Added slide for types of khabar ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ِ‫يل‬ِ‫ب‬‫س‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬There are no copyrights reserved for this material. You may make copies and distribute them Fi Sabilillah – ِ‫ه‬َّ‫ل‬‫ال‬ ِ‫يل‬ِ‫ب‬‫س‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ Report any errors, omissions or suggestions to arabic.aric@gmail.com
  • 56. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 5 (ver. 8) 3 Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬)Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬) Muhammad’s book. ‫د‬َّ‫م‬‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ ُ‫اب‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ His book ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫اب‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ His book ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ Your book ‫ك‬ ُ‫اب‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ Your book ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬‫و‬ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ُ‫ه‬ and ‫ك‬ are attached pronouns (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬)  An attached pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬), when attached to a noun, is always ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ and the noun it is attached to is ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬  The attached pronoun in this case is always ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬‫م‬ + +
  • 57. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 5 (ver. 8) 4 Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬)Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬) From Muhammad ‫د‬َّ‫م‬‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ‫ار‬‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬‫م‬‫و‬ Him From ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬‫ح‬ From him ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ‫ار‬‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬‫م‬‫و‬ Them From ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ ‫ر‬‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬‫ح‬ From them ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ‫ار‬‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬‫م‬‫و‬ ُ‫ه‬ and ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ are attached pronouns (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬)  An attached pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬), when attached to a ‫ر‬‫ج‬ ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬‫ح‬ (preposition), is always ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ْ‫س‬ِ‫ا‬ + +
  • 58. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 5 (ver. 8) Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬) vs. Detached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬)Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬) vs. Detached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬) 5 3rd Person Masculine Singular He, It ُ‫ه‬ ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫د‬‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ي‬‫ا‬‫غ‬ “Dual” They (2) ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬‫ث‬ُ‫م‬ Plural They ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬ Feminine Singular She, It ‫ا‬‫ه‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ٌ‫د‬‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬“Dual” They (2) ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬‫ث‬ُ‫م‬ Plural They َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬ 2nd person Masculine Singular You ‫ك‬ ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ب‬‫اط‬‫خ‬ُ‫م‬ “Dual” You (2) ‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬‫ث‬ُ‫م‬ Plural You (>2) ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬ Feminine Singular You ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬“Dual” You (2) ‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ‫ى‬َّ‫ن‬‫ث‬ُ‫م‬ Plural You (>2) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬ 1st person Masc. & Fem. Singular I ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ٌ‫د‬‫ر‬ْ‫ف‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬‫و‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ Plural We ‫ا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ح‬‫ن‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬ ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬ (Detached Pronoun)ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬ (Detached Pronoun)ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬ (Attached Pronoun)ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬ (Attached Pronoun)
  • 59. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 5 (ver. 8) Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬) vs. Detached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬)Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬) vs. Detached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬) 6 ُ‫ه‬ ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫ه‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ح‬‫ن‬ ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬  Always ٌ‫ة‬‫ِف‬‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬‫م‬ (definite)  Are ٌ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬‫م‬ (fixed)  Always ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬‫م‬ (nominative) ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬  Always ٌ‫ة‬‫ِف‬‫ر‬ْ‫ع‬‫م‬ (definite)  Are ٌ‫ي‬ِ‫ن‬ْ‫ب‬‫م‬ (fixed)  Always ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬‫م‬ (genitive) or ٌ‫وب‬ ُ‫نص‬‫م‬ (accusative)  Can be attached to a noun, verb or a particle This ‫ي‬ is called ِ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫اء‬‫ي‬ (ya-ul mutakallim) – Ya of the first person
  • 60. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 5 (ver. 8) 7 Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬) as ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬) as ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ة‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ ٌ‫اب‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ His ُ‫ه‬ ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Their (2 mas.) ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Their (>2 mas.) ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ ‫ا‬‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Her ‫ا‬‫ه‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Their (2 fem) ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ت‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Their (>2 fem) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your ‫ك‬ ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your (2 mas.) ‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your (>2 mas.) ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ِ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ ِ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your (fem) ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your (2 fem) ‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ت‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Your (>2 fem) َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ت‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ My ْ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬‫ار‬َّ‫ي‬‫س‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬ُ‫ب‬‫ا‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ Our ‫ا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ح‬‫ن‬ The last letter of the ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ gets a ٌ‫ة‬‫سر‬‫ك‬ when attached to ِ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫اء‬‫ي‬. A ٌ‫ة‬َّ‫م‬‫ض‬ on the last letter would have made the pronunciation difficult. The ُ‫ة‬‫وط‬ُ‫ب‬‫ر‬‫الم‬ ُ‫اء‬‫الت‬ changes to a ُ‫ة‬‫وح‬ُ‫ت‬‫ف‬‫الم‬ ُ‫اء‬‫الت‬ when it is followed by an attached pronoun.
  • 61. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 5 (ver. 8) 8 Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬) with Special NounsAttached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬) with Special Nouns ٌ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ ٌ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫ه‬ ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫ه‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ك‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ِ‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ ُ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ ْ‫ي‬ ِ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ ْ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ُ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ْ‫و‬‫ا‬‫ن‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ح‬‫ن‬ Notice the extra ‫و‬ between ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬ and ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬ُ‫م‬. By same token “Muhammad’s father” will be ‫د‬َّ‫م‬‫ح‬ُ‫م‬ ‫و‬ُ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ ٌ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬‫و‬ ٌ‫ب‬َ‫ا‬ are 2 of the 4 special nouns, which take this extra ‫و‬. Will learn the other two later. The rule for extra ‫و‬ does not apply when these nouns are followed by ِ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ْ‫ل‬‫ا‬ ُ‫اء‬‫ي‬
  • 62. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 5 (ver. 8) 9 Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬) as ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬‫اس‬ ‫ى‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ْ‫ن‬‫ع‬ ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬‫ع‬ ُ‫ه‬ ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬‫ع‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬‫ع‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬‫ع‬ ‫ا‬‫ه‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬‫ع‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ن‬‫ع‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬‫ع‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬‫ع‬ ‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬‫ع‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ِ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬‫ع‬ ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬‫ع‬ ‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ْ‫ن‬‫ع‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ َّ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ْ‫ي‬ِّ‫ن‬‫ع‬ ْ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬ْ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬َّ‫ن‬‫ع‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ح‬‫ن‬ َّ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ = ْ‫ي‬ + ‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ The ‫ورة‬ ُ‫ص‬ْ‫ق‬‫م‬ ‫ف‬ِ‫ل‬َ‫ا‬ at the end of ‫ى‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ changes to a ‫ي‬ (ya) when it is followed by an attached pronoun. Also notice the change from ُ‫ه‬ to ِ‫ه‬ for the attached pronoun. Same is true for ‫ى‬‫ل‬‫ع‬
  • 63. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 5 (ver. 8) 10 Attached Pronoun (ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬) as ٌ‫ر‬‫و‬ُ‫جر‬‫م‬ ٌ‫م‬‫اس‬ ُ‫ه‬‫ل‬ ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ ُ‫ه‬ ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬‫ل‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬‫ل‬ ْ‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫ه‬‫ل‬ ‫ا‬‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬‫ه‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬‫ل‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬‫ل‬ َّ‫ن‬ِ‫ه‬ِ‫ب‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ك‬‫ل‬ ‫ك‬ِ‫ب‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ك‬‫ل‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ِ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬‫ل‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ِ‫ب‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ِ‫ك‬‫ل‬ ِ‫ك‬ِ‫ب‬ ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ك‬‫ل‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ِ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬‫ل‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ِ‫ب‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ل‬ ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬ ْ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬‫ل‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬ِ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ح‬‫ن‬ The preposition gets a ٌ‫ة‬‫ح‬ْ‫ت‬‫ف‬ when it is followed by an attached pronoun, with one exception; see below. The preposition retains its ٌ‫ة‬‫سر‬‫ك‬ when it is attached to ِ‫م‬ِّ‫ل‬‫ك‬‫ت‬ُ‫م‬‫ال‬ ُ‫اء‬‫ي‬
  • 64. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 5 (ver. 8) 11 Past Tense Verb Suffix vs. ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬ vs. ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬ Past Tense Verb Suffix ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬َّ‫ت‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬ ٌ‫ل‬ِ‫ص‬‫ف‬ْ‫ن‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ض‬ ُ‫ه‬ ‫و‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫و‬‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ْ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬‫ه‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ه‬ ‫ت‬ْ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ن‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ه‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ك‬ ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ك‬ ْ‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ِ‫ت‬ ِ‫ك‬ ِ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ ‫ا‬‫ُم‬‫ك‬ ‫ا‬‫م‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ك‬ َّ‫ن‬ُ‫ت‬ْ‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ُ‫ت‬ ‫ي‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬َ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬ ‫ا‬‫ن‬ ُ‫ن‬ْ‫ح‬‫ن‬
  • 65. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 5 (ver. 8) 12 ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ا‬‫د‬‫بت‬ُ‫م‬‫و‬ ٌ‫م‬َّ‫د‬‫ق‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ب‬‫خ‬Early Predicate and Late Subject ( ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ا‬‫د‬‫بت‬ُ‫م‬‫و‬ ٌ‫م‬َّ‫د‬‫ق‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ب‬‫خ‬) The man is in the house ِ‫يت‬‫الب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ ُ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬َّ‫ر‬‫ال‬ ‫و‬ ‫ار‬‫ج‬ٌ‫ر‬‫ب‬‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬‫م‬ ٌ‫ا‬‫د‬‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ A man is in the house ٌ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬‫ر‬ ِ‫يت‬‫الب‬ ‫ي‬ِ‫ف‬ A ِ‫ة‬‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ (phrase), e.g. ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬‫م‬‫و‬ ‫ار‬‫ج‬ (prepositional phrase) or ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬‫ظ‬ (adverbial phrase) can never beٌ‫ا‬‫د‬‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ (subject), even though a sentence may begin with it. ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ا‬‫د‬‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ ‫و‬ ‫ار‬‫ج‬ٌ‫م‬َّ‫د‬‫ق‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ب‬‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ر‬ْ‫ج‬‫م‬ A garden is in front of the masjid ٌ‫ة‬‫يق‬ِ‫د‬‫ح‬ ِ‫د‬ ِ‫سج‬‫الم‬ ‫ام‬‫م‬َ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫خ‬‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ا‬‫د‬‫ت‬ْ‫ب‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫اف‬‫ض‬‫م‬ِ‫ه‬‫ي‬‫ل‬ِ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬‫ظ‬ٌ‫م‬َّ‫د‬‫ق‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ب‬‫خ‬ ،ِ‫ة‬‫ل‬ْ‫م‬ُ‫الج‬ ُ‫ه‬ْ‫ب‬ ِ‫ش‬ ،
  • 66. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 5 (ver. 8) 13 ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬Plural ( ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬) Plural ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬Plural ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬ Broken Plural ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ ِ‫كس‬‫ت‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬Broken Plural ٌ‫ر‬‫ي‬ ِ‫كس‬‫ت‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬ ٌ‫م‬ِ‫ال‬‫س‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬Sound Plural ٌ‫م‬ِ‫ال‬‫س‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬ Sound Masculine PluralSound Masculine Plural ٌ‫م‬ِ‫ال‬‫س‬ ٌ‫ر‬َّ‫ك‬‫ذ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬ Sound Feminine PluralSound Feminine Plural ٌ‫م‬ِ‫ال‬‫س‬ ٌ‫َّث‬‫ن‬‫ؤ‬ُ‫م‬ ٌ‫ع‬ْ‫م‬‫ج‬ The singular word is broken to create the plural, e.g. ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬‫ط‬ -> ٌ‫َّاب‬‫ل‬ُ‫ط‬ , ٌ‫م‬‫ل‬‫ق‬ -> ٌ‫م‬‫ا‬‫ل‬ْ‫ق‬َ‫ا‬. Broken plurals have many patterns, as explained later. The singular word stays intact in the plural, e.g. ٌ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬‫د‬ُ‫م‬ -> ‫ن‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫س‬ِّ‫ر‬‫د‬ُ‫م‬ Has an ûna ( ‫ن‬ْ‫و‬) ending, e.g. ٌ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ -> ‫ن‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ Has an âtun ( ٌ‫ات‬) ending, e.g. ٌ‫ة‬‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ -> ٌ‫ات‬‫م‬ِ‫ل‬‫س‬ُ‫م‬ Some nouns have multiple plural forms, e.g., ٌ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ has two plural forms 1) ٌ‫ة‬‫و‬ْ‫ِخ‬‫ا‬ and 2) ُ‫ن‬‫ا‬‫و‬ْ‫ِخ‬‫ا‬
  • 67. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 5 (ver. 8) ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ع‬ُ‫ف‬ 14 Patterns of Broken Plural ٌ‫م‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ُج‬‫ن‬ٌ‫م‬ْ‫ج‬‫ن‬ ٌ‫خ‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫ي‬ُ‫ش‬ٌ‫خ‬ْ‫ي‬‫ش‬ ٌ‫ل‬ُ‫ع‬ُ‫ف‬ ٌ‫ب‬ُ‫ت‬ُ‫ك‬ٌ‫اب‬‫ت‬ِ‫ك‬ ٌ‫ل‬ُ‫س‬ُ‫ر‬ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫و‬ُ‫س‬‫ر‬ ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬‫ب‬ِ‫ج‬ٌ‫ل‬‫ب‬‫ج‬ ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬‫ج‬ِ‫ر‬ٌ‫ل‬ُ‫ج‬‫ر‬ ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬َّ‫ع‬ُ‫ف‬ ٌ‫ر‬‫ا‬َّ‫ج‬ُ‫ت‬ٌ‫ر‬ِ‫اج‬‫ت‬ ٌ‫اب‬َّ‫ل‬ُ‫ط‬ٌ‫ب‬ِ‫ل‬‫ا‬‫ط‬
  • 68. ARIC Arabic Class Notes – Part 5 (ver. 8) ٌ‫ل‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫م‬‫ز‬ ٌ‫ل‬‫ا‬‫ع‬ْ‫ف‬َ‫ا‬ 15 Patterns of Broken Plural ٌ‫د‬‫ا‬‫ل‬ْ‫و‬َ‫ا‬ُ‫د‬‫ل‬‫و‬ ٌ‫م‬‫ا‬‫م‬ْ‫ع‬َ‫ا‬‫م‬‫ع‬ ُ‫اء‬‫ل‬ِ‫ع‬ْ‫ف‬َ‫ا‬ ُ‫اء‬‫ق‬ِ‫د‬ ْ‫ص‬َ‫ا‬ٌ‫ق‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫د‬‫ص‬ ُ‫اء‬َّ‫ب‬ِ‫ط‬َ‫ا‬ٌ‫ب‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ب‬‫ط‬ ٌ‫ة‬‫ل‬ْ‫ع‬ِ‫ف‬ ٌ‫ة‬‫و‬ْ‫خ‬ِ‫ا‬ٌ‫خ‬َ‫ا‬ ٌ‫ة‬‫ي‬ْ‫ت‬ِ‫ف‬‫تى‬‫ف‬ ُ‫اء‬‫ل‬‫ع‬ُ‫ف‬ ُ‫اء‬‫ل‬‫م‬ُ‫ز‬ ُ‫اء‬‫ر‬‫ق‬ُ‫ف‬ٌ‫ر‬ْ‫ي‬ِ‫ق‬‫ف‬ ُ‫اء‬‫ب‬ِ‫ب‬ْ‫ط‬َ‫ا‬ We will learn more patterns later Diptote ( ِ‫ف‬ْ‫ر‬ َّ‫الص‬ ‫ن‬ِ‫م‬ ُ‫ع‬‫و‬ُ‫ن‬ْ‫م‬‫لم‬‫ا‬)